Home

Compaq Deskpro EN Series User's Manual

1. 1 2 4 15 6 17 111112113 114 15 16 ip CM 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 32 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 144 45 46 147 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 160 61 62 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 H01 Figure 3 U S English 101 Key Keyboard Key Positions 1 2 4 5 6 17 111112113 114 15 16 MAD 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 32 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 143 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 71 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 103 72 73 74 75 10411 76 77 78 79 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93
2. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 e9 10 111 112 113 14 15 16 0 17 18 19 20 121 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 1541 55 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 E 72 z4 75 10411 76 77 78 79 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 92 101 93 94 95 111 112 96 97 98 99 100 01 7 Figure 6 National Windows 102W Key Keyboard Key Positions Compaq Personal Computers 5 Change April 1998 Appendix Keyboard C 2 3 KEYS All keys generate a make code when pressed and a break code when released with the exception of the Pause key pos 16 which produces a make code only All keys again with the exception of the Pause key are also typematic although the typematic action of the Shift Ctrl Alt Num Lock Scroll Lock Caps Lock and Ins keys is suppressed by the BIOS Typematic keys when held down send the make code repetitively at a predetermined rate until the key is released If two keys are held down the last key pressed will be typemati
3. 1 A2 POWERON MESSAGES 28 hh re eie e e eee re 1 A3 BEEP KEY BOARD LED CODES 1 4 SELF TEST POST 55 8 A 2 A 5 PROCESSOR ERROR MESSAGES 1 A 3 A 6 MEMORY ERROR MESSAGES 2 4 KEYBOARD ERROR MESSAGES 3 0 4 A 8 PRINTER ERROR MESSAGES A 5 9 VIDEO GRAPHICS ERROR MESSAGES 5 0 rennen A 5 A 10 DISKETTE DRIVE ERROR MESSAGES 6XX XX 6 SERIAL INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES 6 A 12 MODEM COMMUNICATIONS ERROR MESSAGES A 7 A 13 HARD DRIVE ERROR MESSAGES 17XX XX A 8 A 14 HARD DRIVE ERROR MESSAGES 19 9 A 15 VIDEO GRAPHICS ERROR MESSAGES 4 9 A 16 AUDIO ERROR MESSAGES 3206 A 10 A 17 NETWORK INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES 60XX XX A 10 A 18 SCSI INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES 65 66 67XX XX 11 19 POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES 8601 11 20 CEMM PRIVILEDGED OPS ERROR 55 A 12 A 21 CEMM EXCEPTION ERROR MESSAGES 12 APPENDIX
4. F 4 TABLEF 3 ATI RAGE PRO PCI CONFIGURATION SPACE REGISTERS F 5 TABLE F 4 STANDARD MODE I O 1040 0 0 000 0006000000000 000 000 essen n nnne nens F 5 TABLE F 5 MONITOR POWER MANAGEMENT F 6 TABLE F 6 DB 15 MONITOR CONNECTOR 2 22 F 7 TABLE F 7 MULTIMEDIA INTERFACE CONNECTOR PINOUT F 8 xi Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September1998 Technical Reference Guide Chapter 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 ABOUT THIS GUIDE This guide provides technical information about the Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers in desktop and minitower form factors This document includes information regarding system design function and features that can be used by programmers engineers technicians and system administrators This and other support documentation is available online and can be downloaded in PDF format from the following WEB site http www compaq com support index htm USING THIS GUIDE This guide consists of chapters and appendices The chapters primarily describe the hardware and firmware elements contained within the chassis and specifically deal with the system board and the power supply assembly The appendices contain general information about standard peripheral devices such as the keyboard
5. GAP REP rige 4 54 4 8 6 SMART COVBEBR DOGCK cote top ded eel epe 4 55 4 8 7 SMART COVER REMOVAL 5 5 4 55 4 8 8 POWER MANAGEMENTS 4 56 CHAPTER 5 INPUT OUTPUT 8 2 5 1 3 24 ENHANCED IDE INTER A CE neget 5 1 5 2 1 IDE PROGRAMMINOG ER UE ER ELENA 5 1 5 2 2 CONNEGCTOR 5 n oci ERE OPERETUR UII 5 8 5 3 DISKETTE DRIVE INTERFACE eut FORE ines a 5 9 5 3 1 DISKETTE DRIVE PROGRAMMING 5 10 5 3 2 DISKETTE DRIVE 2 0004402 260 5 13 34 SERIALE INTERFACES b aita 5 14 5 4 1 RS 23ZINTEREACE 1 one ee ER EDD DE e 5 14 5 4 2 SERIAL INTERFACE 5 15 iv Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September1998 Technical Reference Guide 8 5 IPARALLELEINTERFACE niteretur Peto 5 20 5 5 1 STANDARD PARALLEL PORT 5 20 5 5 2 ENHANCED PARALLEL PORT 5 21 5 5 3 EXTENDED CAPABILITIES PORT 5 21
6. 4 12 2X DATA TRANSFER PEAK TRANSFER RATE 532 4 13 BUS CONNECTOR 02 40200000000000000 000000000000 sese essa nnn 4 15 ISA BUS BLOCK 2 2 22 000 20022200000200000000000000000 000 4 16 ISA EXPANSION CONNECTOR DR EE ERE 4 17 MASKABLE INTERRUPT PROCESSING BLOCK 4 23 CONFIGURATION MEMORY 4 29 420 PINADEB CONNECTOR eoe ee dus be fos Sues dee bae seb E Per Ee Pee ERN USE 5 8 34 DISKETTE DRIVE 41 00000000010 8000 00 sess nna rennen 5 13 SERIAL INTERFACES BLOCK IH Heer 5 14 SERIAL INTERFACE CONNECTOR MALE DB 9 AS VIEWED FROM REAR OF CHASSIS 5 14 PARALLEL INTERFACE CONNECTOR FEMALE DB 25 AS VIEWED FROM REAR OF CHASSIS 5 26 8042 TO KEYBOARD TRANSMISSION OF CODE EDH TIMING 5 27 KEYBOARD OR POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE CONNECTOR eese 5 33 UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS CONNECTOR ONE OF TWO AS VIEWED FROM REAR OF CHASSIS 5 35 AUDIO SUBSYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM 1020002 0 0 050020000000000 6 3 ANALOG SIGNAL 6 4 DAC OPERA
7. 110 220 VAC Power Supply 5 VDC 5 Assembly 12 VDC gt Drives 4 12 VDC NOTE All signals shown entering and exiting the system board pass through the backplane card Figure 7 1 Power Distribution and Control Block Diagram Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 7 1 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 7 Power and Signal Distribution 7 2 1 POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY The power supply assembly is contained in a single unit that features a selectable input voltage 90 132 and 180 264 VAC The power supply assembly provides 3 3 VDC 5 VDC 5 VDC 12 VDC and 12 VDC potentials for the system board expansion board s and installed drives These voltages are controlled through the power button on the front panel of the system unit Pressing and releasing the power button results in system board logic asserting the PS On signal which activates the power supply assembly The power supply also produces an auxiliary voltage 5 AUX The 5 AUX voltage is used for powering the power button and other logic required for wake up operation and is produced as long as the unit is plugged into a live AC outlet NOTE Minimum loading requirements for the power supply must be met at all times to ensure normal operation and to meet specifications Table 7 1 shows the specifications for the power supply Table 7 1 Power Supply Assembly Specifications P N 33411
8. 13 GND GND 44 C BE1 AD15 14 RSVD Reserved 45 AD14 13 3 VDC 15 GND RST 46 GND AD13 16 CLK 45 VDC 47 AD12 AD11 17 GND GNT 48 AD10 GND 18 REQ GND 49 GND ADO09 19 5 VDC PME 50 Key Key 20 AD31 AD30 51 Key Key 21 AD29 3 3 52 ADO08 C BEO 22 GND AD28 53 007 3 3 23 AD27 AD26 54 3 3 VDC 24 AD25 GND 55 AD05 AD04 25 3 3 VDC AD24 56 GND 26 IDSEL 57 GND 02 27 AD23 23 3 VDC 58 ADO1 ADOO 28 GND AD22 59 5 VDC 5 VDC 29 AD21 AD20 60 ACK64 REQ64 30 AD19 GND 61 5 VDC 5 VDC 31 3 3 VDC AD18 62 5 VDC 5 VDC Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 3 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support 4 2 2 PCI BUS MASTER ARBITRATION The PCI bus supports a bus master target arbitration scheme A bus master is a device that has been granted control of the bus for the purpose of initiating a transaction A target is a device that is the recipient of a transaction Request REQ Grant GNT and FRAME signals are used by PCI bus masters for gaining access to the PCI bus When a PCI device needs access to the PCI bus and does not already own it the PCI device asserts it s REQn signal to the PCI bus arbiter a function of the system controller component If the bus is available the arbiter asserts the GNTn signal to the requesting device which then asserts FRAME and conducts the address phase of the transacti
9. 00 01h Command 02 03h Status 04 05h Interupt Enable 06 07 Frame No 08 Frame List Base Address OCh Start of Frame Modify 10 11h Port 1 Status Control 12 13h Port 2 Status Control 5 7 4 USB CONNECTOR The USB interface provides two identical connectors ports A and B Figure 5 8 Universal Serial Bus Connector one of two as viewed from rear of chassis Table 5 21 USB Connector Pinout Pin Signal Description Signal Description 1 Vcc 5 VDC 3 USB Data plus 2 USB Data minus 4 GND Ground Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 5 35 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces This page is intentionally blank 5 36 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Chapter 6 AUDIO SUBSYSTEM 6 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter describes the audio subsystem which features Compaq Premier Sound The audio subsystem is compatible with software written for industry standard sound subsystems The audio subsystem can capture and playback files as used in most Windows applications Support for FM synthesis for playback of MIDI MID files is also included This chapter covers the following subjects Functional description 6 2 page 6 2 Programming 6 3 page 6 8 Specif
10. 2 01h of Data Bytes in Record Patch 1 Vers Patch 1 Date Patch 1 Family Model Stepp Patch 2 Versi Patch 2 Date 16h 19h Patch 2 Family Model Stepp 1Ah 1Dh Patch 3 Vers ecord ID Ohh 00000020h 09031996h 00000632h 00000032h 12121996h 00000633h 00000033h 06161997h 00000634h 00000005h 08151997h 00000650h 5 5 5 Patch 3 Date Patch 3 Family Model Stepp Patch 4 Vers Patch 4 Date Patch 4 Family Model Stepp Patch 5 Vers 00000015h Patch 5 Date 11241997h Patch 5 Family Model Steppi 00000650h 5 5 o o o Ey 5 zy System Hood Removal Record SIT Record 13h Value 13h 09h 1 00h 30h 00h 00h 1 Hood Removal NOBOOT CMOS Bit Location Software Hood Lock Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 8 11 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Oh 7h 8h Ah Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 8 BIOS NOTE 1 Determined at runtime DMI System Slots Support Record SIT Record 16h Value No of Data Bytes in Record Slot Category 2 4 h h h h h Slot Categor 7h h F SERT 2 3 4 5 6 8 D B E NOTE 1 Determined at runtime 8 12 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 8 4 3 EDID RETRIEVE The BIOS function INT 15 AX E813h is a tri modal call that retrieves the VESA extended display identif
11. UULU JUUN TLTLTLTLTLTUTLTLTLTLTLTLTL TLTLIL TUTO Figure 4 9 ISA Expansion Connector 8 Bit ISA Interface Table 4 9 ISA Expansion Connector Pinout 16 Bit ISA Interface Pin Signal Pin Signal Pin Signal Pin Signal 01 GND A01 CHK 001 M16 C01 SBHE 02 RESDRV A02 SD7 002 1 016 C02 LA23 45 VDC A03 SD6 003 10 C03 LA22 04 1809 A04 SD5 004 IRQ11 C04 LA21 05 5VDC A05 SD4 005 12 05 LA20 Boc _ DRQ2 A06 503 006 15 06 LA19 07 12 VDC A07 SD2 007 18014 C07 LA18 08 NOWS 08 SD1 008 DAKO C08 LA17 09 12 VDC A09 SDO 009 DRQO C09 MRDC GND 10 BUSRDY 010 5 C10 MWTC B11 SMWTC A11 DMA DRQ5 C11 SD8 B12 SMRDC A12 SA19 12 DAK6 C12 SD9 B13 IOWC A13 SA18 013 DRQ6 C13 SD10 B14 IORC A14 SA17 014 DAKT C14 SD11 B15 DAKS A15 SA16 D15 DRQ7 C15 SD12 16 DRQ3 A16 SA15 Di6 5 VDC C16 SD13 17 DAK1 A17 SA14 Di7 GRAB C17 SD14 B18 A18 SA13 Di8 GND C18 SD15 B19 _ REFRESH A19 SA12 B20 BCLK A20 SA11 B21 1807 A21 SA10 B22 IRQ6 A22 SA9 23 1805 A23 SA8 Be4 IRQ4 A24 SA7 B25 IRQ3 A25 SA6 26 DAK2 A26 SAS 27 27 5 4 28 BALE 28 29 5 VDC A29 SA2 B30 OSC A30 5 1 B31 GND A31 SAO Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Deskt
12. 02 0 Reserved Power Button Inhibited if set User Forced Bootblock if set ROM Flash In Progress if set Configuration Byte 97h Asset Test Prompt Byte Default Value 00h Test Prompt 01 Fake F1 10 Fake F2 11 Fake F10 Asset Value Configuration Byte 9Bh Ultra 33 DMA Enable Byte Re TS 00h Function 0 Primary MasterEnabledforU 33ifSet Configuration Byte 9Ch Mode 2 Configuration Byte Default Value 1Ch Function O Mode 2 Support 0 Disable 1 Enable 4 Secondary Hard Drive Controller 0 Disable 1 Enable Secondary Hard Drive Controller IRQ 00 IRQ10 01 IRQ11 10 IRQ12 11 IRQ15 Reserved Technical Reference Guide Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 43 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support Configuration Byte 9Dh ESS Audio Configuration Byte Default Value 12h Funtin Audio Address 00 22xh 01 23xh 10 24xh 11 25xh DMA Channel 00 Disabled 01 DMAO 10 DMA1 11 DMA3 IRQ Select 00 IRQ9 01 IRQ5 10 IRQ7 11 IRQ10 ESS Audio Chip Enable 0 Enabled 1 Disabled Configuration Byte 9Eh ECP DMA Configuration Byte Default Value 03h Function 7 4 3 SafeStart Control 0 Disable 1 Enable 2 0 ECP DMA Channel 000 Invalid 100 Disabled All other values 001 011 101 111 refer to channel no Configuration Byte 9Fh AFh
13. 1 7 ISA bus address signals LA17 23 8 Not used 9 Not used 10 11 Not used 12 Not used 13 14 15 Not used 16 Power management suspend control signal 17 CPU clock stop When cleared inhibits the clock generator from producing CPU clock 18 PCI clock stop When cleared inhibits the clock generator from producing PCI clock 19 Not used 20 Power management suspend control signal 21 Not used GPO 22 23 X bus control signals GPO 24 Not used GPO 25 Not used GPO 26 Not used GPO 27 Chassis fan control When cleared 0 shuts down the chassis fan GPO 28 30 Not used 4 48 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 4 7 2 2 87307 I O Controller Functions The 87307 I O controller contains various functions such as the keyboard mouse interfaces diskette interface serial interfaces and parallel interface While the control of these interfaces uses standard AT type I O addressing the configuration of these functions uses indexed ports unique to the 87307 In this system hardware strapping selects I O addresses 015Ch and 015Dh at reset as the Index Data ports for accessing the logical devices within the 87307 The hardware strapping also places the 87
14. Power Conn Backplane Board Pri IDE Conn P20 IDE Sec IDE Conn Audio Conn Dsk Conn Fan Conn Audio Spkr P6 Conn AGP Bus Graphics Card Keyboard Mouse NOTES CDS models and minitowers 1 See Figure 7 5 for header pinout Figure 7 4 Signal Distribution Diagram Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers PCI Bus 10 100 NIC Card WOL 5AUX Pwr HD LEDs Pwr Btn HD Activity 4 Pwr g HD Activity Power On Off PCI Bus 5 12 VDC Fan Off PS On IDE IDE I F _ CD ROM N oc CD Audio Dsk Diskette Drive 1 Supply Assembly 12 VDC 5 12 VDC 5 12 VDC 5 12 VDC Chassis Fan Audio 13200 and 6400 models 4300 and 9100 models a Chassis Spkr 7 7 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 7 Power Signal Distribution Header P5 Pins Function Panel LEDs Pwr Btn 1 3 Cover Lock amp 12 VDC 2 3 Cover Unlock amp 12 VDC 1 O O 2 4 Not connected 3 O 0 4 5 Power LED 5
15. 19 GND Ground 53 Int Out Interrupt Out 20 GND Ground 54 SBRST Burst 21 GND Ground 55 ATN Attention 22 GND Ground 56 GND Ground 23 GND Ground 57 BSY Busy 24 GND Ground 58 ACK Acknowledge 25 GND Ground 59 RESET Reset 26 GND Ground 60 MSG Message Activity 27 GND Ground 61 SEL Select 28 GND Ground 62 C D Control Data Transfer Indicator 29 GND Ground 63 REQ Request 30 GND Ground 64 Input Output Indicator 31 GND Ground 65 DB8 Data Bit 8 32 GND Ground 66 DB9 Data Bit 9 33 GND Ground 67 DB10 Data Bit 10 34 GND Ground 68 DB11 Data Bit 11 E 6 Compaq Personal Computers Original April 1998 Technical Reference Guide Appendix F ATI RAGE PRO AGP GRAPHICS CARDS F 1 INTRODUCTION This appendix describes ATI RAGE PRO AGP Graphics Cards used in some models These graphics cards are based on the ATI RAGE PRO graphics controller This appendix covers the following subjects Functional description F 2 page F 2 Display modes F 3 page F 4 Programming 4 page F 5 Monitor power management F 5 page F 6 Connectors F 6 page F 6 ATI Multimedia Channel Connector P1 Monitor Connector SODIMM Expansion Connector NOTES ATI RAGE PRO Card 008061 001 amp 002 NLX ATI RAGE PRO AGP 2X Card P N 334134 001 ATX amp 002 NLX Figure F 1 ATI RAGE PRO AGP Graphics Card Layout NLX version shown Compa
16. Table 5 18 Keyboard Pointing Device Connector Pinout Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 DATA Data 4 5 VDC 2 Not Connected 5 Clock 3 GND Ground 6 NC Not Connected Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 5 33 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 7 5 7 1 5 7 2 UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS INTERFACE The Universal Serial Bus USB interface provides up to 12 Mb s data transfers between the host system and peripherals designed with a compatible USB interface This high speed interface supports hot plugging of compatible devices making possible system configuration changes without powering down or even rebooting systems USB interface supports both isochronous and asynchronous communications and integrates a 5 VDC power bus that can eliminate the need for external powering of small remote peripherals USB KEYBOARD CONSIDERATIONS The BIOS ROM checks the USB port during POST for the presence of a USB keyboard This allows a system with only a USB keyboard to be used during ROM based setup and also on a system with an OS that does not include a USB driver On such a system a keystroke will generate an SMI and the SMI handler will retrieve the data from the device and convert it to PS 2 data The data will be passed to the keyboard controller and processed as in the PS 2 interface Changing the delay and or typematic r
17. 3 3 BUS CORE SPEED SWITCH 5 6 0 2 600000000000000000005 000 3 5 SPD ADDRESS MAP SDRAM 3 7 HosT PCI BRIDGE CONFIGURATION REGISTERS 443BX FUNCTION 0 3 9 PCI Bus CONNECTOR 2 20 10000000 aa a 4 3 PCTI BUSMASTERING DEVIGES ent des 4 4 PCI DEVICE CONFIGURATION 658 2 202 00000000000000000 00000000003 4 6 PCI FUNCTION CONFIGURATION 6 0 2 00200000000000000004 000 3 4 7 PCI DEVICE IDENTIFICATION 4 8 PCI ISA BRIDGE CONFIGURATION REGISTERS 82371 FUNCTION O suus 4 10 PCI AGP BRIDGE CONFIGURATION REGISTERS 82371 FUNCTION 1 4 14 BUS CONNECTOR PINOUT 202 000 0 000 0000000000000000 4 15 ISA EXPANSION CONNECTOR 0 002 200101 00000 000000000000 4 17 DEFAULT DMA CHANNEL ASSIGNMENTS 4 20 DMA PAGE REGISTER 5 a annt 4 21 DMA CONTROLLER 8 6 12200 0 0 00000000000000000000000000 000 4 22 MASKABLE INTERRUPT PRIORITIES AND 55 8
18. Mic In 125 Vp p Line In 1 4 Vrms Impedance Mic In 1 K ohms Line In 30 K ohms nom Line Out 30 K ohms nom Headphone Out 16 ohms min Power output max Headphone output 60 mW into 16 ohms Power amp 5 watts into 8 ohms Total Harmonic Distortion power amp 0 5 watts 1 9 5 watts 10 6 Mic Preamp Gain 26 db Volume Range Input 0 22 5 db Output 46 5 10 db Frequency Response speaker 450 4000 Hz Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 6 11 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September1998 Chapter 6 Audio Subsystem This page is intentionally blank 6 12 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Chapter 7 POWER and SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION 7 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter describes the power supply and method of general power and signal distribution in the Compaq Deskpro INDY Personal Computer Topics covered in this chapter include Power supply assembly control 7 2 page 7 1 Power distribution 7 3 page 7 5 Signal distribution 7 4 page 7 7 7 3 POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY CONTROL This system features a power supply assembly that is controlled through programmable logic Figure 7 1 System Board Front Bezel Power On Off 0 it Slots Chipsets Logic Power On Pod amp Voltage Regulators
19. short test interface test failed 303 07 LED test LED command test failed 301 03 Kybd short test echo test failed 303 08 LED test command byte restore test failed 301 04 short test reset failed 303 09 LED test LEDs failed to light 301 05 Kybd short test kybd reset failed 304 01 Keyboard repeat key test failed 302 xx Failed individual key test 304 02 Unable to enter mode 3 302 01 Kybd long test failed 304 03 Incorrect scan code from keyboard 303 01 LED test 8042 self test failed 304 04 No Make code observed 303 02 LED test reset test failed 304 05 Cannot disable repeat key feature 303 03 LED test reset failed 304 06 Unable to return to Normal mode 303 04 LED test LED command test failed a 4 Personal Computers Changed April 1998 8 9 PRINTER ERROR MESSAGES Table A 7 Technical Reference Guide Printer Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 401 01 Printer failed or not connected 402 10 Interrupt test and control reg failed 402 01 Printer data register failed 402 11 Interrupt test data cntrl reg failed 402 02 Printer control register failed 402 12 Interrupt test and loopback test failed 402 03 Data and control registers failed 402 13 Int test LpBk test and data register failed 402 04 Loopback test failed 402 14 Int test LpBk test and cntrl register failed 402 05 Loopback test and data reg
20. 6 HD LED 7 Power LED 8 HD LED 4 9 O O 10 9 10 Power Button Header P7 CD Audio NS 2 10 Pins Function 1 3 Signal ground 2 Left Audio Channel 4 O 4 Right Audio Channel Header P8 Chassis Fan 1 Pins Function 1 Fan present sense 2 2 Fan Power 3 Key 4410 4 Fan Power Header P9 Wake On LAN 110 Pins Function 1 5 AUX 2 2 Ground O 3 WOL signal NOTE No polarity consideration required for cable connection to header P6 speaker or P29 SCSI HD LED Figure 7 5 Backplane Header Pinouts 7 8 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Chapter 8 BIOS ROM 8 1 INTRODUCTION The Basic Input Output System BIOS of the computer is a collection of machine language programs stored as firmware in read only memory ROM The BIOS ROM includes such functions as Power On Self Test POST PCI device initialization Plug n Play support power management activities and Setup This chapter includes the following topics Boot reset functions 8 2 page 8 2 Memory detection and configuration 8 3 page 8 3 Desktop management support 8 4 page 8 4 PnP support 8 5 page 8 19 Power management functions 8 6 page 8 21 The firmware contained in t
21. 04 PADOS 19 GND GND 41 IRDY 63 PAD02 PAD0S 20 SBA5 SBA4 42 RSVD RSVD 64 NC NC 21 SBA7 DBA6 43 GND GND 65 PADOO PADO1 22 Key Key 44 RSVD RSVD 66 RSVD RSVD Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 15 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support 44 ISA BUS OVERVIEW NOTE This section describes the ISA bus in general and highlights bus implementation in this particular system For detailed information regarding ISA bus operation refer to the Compaq Extended Industry Standard Architecture EISA Technical Reference Guide The industry standard architecture ISA bus provides an 8 16 bit path for standard I O peripherals as well as for optional devices that can be installed in the ISA expansion slots Figure 4 8 shows the key functions and devices that reside on the ISA bus 82371 South Bridge PCI ISA BIOS Bridge Function ROM 7 8 16 BtISABus 4 gt ISA Connector 2 ISA Connector 1 PC 87307B Controller Keyboard Diskette Parallel Mouse Figure 4 8 ISA Bus Block Diagram 4 16 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 4 4 1 ISA CONNECTOR 16 Bit ISA Connection 4 Technical Reference Guide 8 Bit ISA Connection
22. 10 Reserved 42 lines bad 11 Media soft error 43 did deassert 12 Drive not ready 44 Parity error 13 Media error 50 Data pins bad 14 Drive hardware error 51 Data line 7 bad 15 Illegal drive command 52 MSG C D or I O lines bad 16 Media was changed 53 BSY never went busy 17 Tape write protected 54 BSY stayed busy 18 No data detected 60 Controller CONFIG 1 register fault 21 Drive command aborted 61 Controller CONFIG 2 register fault 24 Media hard error 65 Media not unloaded 25 Reserved 90 Fan failure 30 Controller timed out 91 Over temperature condition 31 Unrecoverable error 92 Side panel not installed 32 Controller drive not connected 99 Autoloader reported tape not loaded properly n 5 Hard drive 6 CD ROM drive 7 Tape drive yy 00 ID 08 Power check 05 Read 06 SA Media 08 Controller 23 Random read 28 Media load unload A 19 POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES 8601 xx Table A 18 Pointing Device Interface Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 8601 01 Mouse ID fails 8601 06 Left block not selected 8601 03 Left mouse button is stuck closed 8601 08 Timeout occurred 8601 04 Right mo
23. 200 08 CLIM memory size changed 201 01 Memory machine ID test failed 202 01 Memory system ROM checksum failed 202 02 Failed RAM ROM map test 202 03 Failed RAM ROM protect test 203 01 Memory read write test failed 203 02 Error while saving block in read write test 203 03 Error while restoring block in read write test 204 01 Memory address test failed 204 02 Error while saving block in address test 204 03 Error while restoring block in address test 204 04 A20 address test failed 204 05 Page hit address test failed 205 01 Walking I O test failed 205 02 Error while saving block in walking I O test 205 03 Error while restoring block in walking I O test 206 xx Increment pattern test failed 210 01 Memory increment pattern test 210 02 Error while saving memory during increment pattern test 210 03 Error while restoring memory during increment pattern test 211 01 Memory random pattern test 211 02 Error while saving memory during random memory pattern test 211 03 Error while restoring memory during random memory pattern test 213 Incompatible DIMM in slot x 214 xx Noise test failed 215 xx Random address test KEYBOARD ERROR MESSAGES 30 Table A 6 Keyboard Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 300 xx Failed ID test 303 05 LED test LED command test failed 301 01 Kybd short test 8042 self test failed 303 06 LED test LED command test failed 301 02
24. Type 8 0001 Type 1 0010 Type 2 0011 Type 3 0100 Type 4 0101 5 0110 Type 6 0111 Type 7 Primary Controller 1 Hard Drive 2 Type 0000 none 0001 Type 1 0010 2 0011 3 0100 4 0101 5 0110 6 0111 7 1001 Type 9 1010 Type 10 1011 Type 11 1100 12 1101 Type 13 1110 Type 14 1000 Type 8 1001 Type 9 1010 Type 10 1011 Type 11 1100 12 1101 13 1110 14 4 32 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Configuration Byte 13h Security Functions Default Value 00h Bit Function QuickBlank Enable After Standby 0 Disable 1 Enable 5 Administrator Password 0 Not present 1 Present 3 Diskette Boot Enable 0 Enable 1 Disable QuickLock Enable 0 Disable 1 Enable Network Server Mode Security Lock Override 0 Disable 1 Enable Password State Set by BIOS at Power up 0 Not set 1 Set Configuration Byte 14h Equipment Installed Default Value standard configuration 03h No of Diskette Drives Installed 00 1 drive 10 3 drives 01 2 drives 11 4 drives 5 2 Reserved 1 Coprocessor Present 0 Coprocessor not installed 1 Coprocessor installed Diskette Drives Present 0 No diskette drives installed 1 Diskette drive s
25. USB disable 99999999 9 9 The write protect function that determines diskette write control is extended to cover all drives that use removable read write media 1 if diskette write protect 15 invoked then any diskette drive power drive SCSI and or ATAPD and floptical drive installed will be inaccessible for protected from writes Client management software should check the following bytes of SIT record 07h for the location and access method for this bit System Information Table Peripheral and Input Device Record 07h partial listing Removable Read Write Media Write Protect Enable Bit Location CMOS Type 0000 CMOS 0001 High CMOS 0010 NVRAM 0011 Flat model NVRAM Bit Location 0000 Bit 0 0100 Bit 4 0001 Bit 1 0101 Bit5 0010 Bit 2 0110 Bit 6 0011 Bit3 0111 Bit7 8 18 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 8 5 Technical Reference Guide PNP SUPPORT The BIOS includes Plug n Play PnP support for PnP version 1 0A NOTE For full PnP functionality to be realized all peripherals used in the system must be designed as PnP ready Any installed ISA peripherals that are not PnP ready can still be used in the system although configuration parameters may need to be considered and require intervention by the user Table 8 2 shows the PnP functions supported for detailed PnP information refer to th
26. 1 Locating the service directory 2 Using the service directory to obtain the entry point for the client management functions 3 Calling the client management service to perform the desired function The BIOS32 Service Directory is a 16 byte block that begins on a 16 byte boundary between the physical address range of 0E0000h OFFFFFh The format is as follows Offset No Bytes Description 00h 4 Service identifier four ASCII characters 04h 4 Entry point for the BIOS32 Service Directory 08h 1 Revision level 09h 1 Length of data structure no of 16 byte units OAh 1 Checksum should add up to 00h OBh 5 Reserved all Os 8 4 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide To support Windows NT an additional table to the BIOS32 table has been defined to contain 32 bit pointers for the DDC and SIT locations The Windows NT extension table is as follows Extension to BIOS SERVICE directory table next paragraph db 3205 sig db 2 number of entries in table db DDC DDC POST buffer sig dd 32 pointer dw byte size db 517 SIT sig dd 32 pointer dw byte size db ERB ESCD sig dd 32 pointer dw bytes size The service identifier for Desktop Management functions is CLM Once the service identifier is found and the checksum verified a FAR call is invoked us
27. 12 DD12 Data Bit lt 12 gt 32 1016 16 bit 13 DD2 Data Bit lt 2 gt 33 DA1 Address 1 14 DD13 Data Bit lt 13 gt 34 DSKPDIAG Pass Diagnostics 15 DD1 Data Bit lt 1 gt 35 DAO Address 0 16 DD14 Data Bit lt 14 gt 36 DA2 Address 2 17 DDO Data Bit lt 0 gt 37 CS0 Chip Select 18 DD15 Data Bit lt 15 gt 38 CS1 Chip Select 19 GND Ground 39 HDACTIVE Drive Active front panel LED 2 20 40 GND Ground NOTES 1 Primary connector wired to IRQ14 secondary connector wired to IRQ15 2 Pin 39 is used for spindle sync and drive activity becomes SPSYNC DACT when synchronous drives are connected 5 8 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 5 3 DISKETTE DRIVE INTERFACE The diskette drive interface supports up to two diskette drives each of which connect to a standard 34 pin diskette drive connector All models come standard with a 3 5 inch 1 44 MB diskette drive installed as drive A An additional diskette drive either a 3 5 inch 720 KB 1 44 MB or 2 88 MB drive or a 5 25 inch 360 KB or 1 2 MB drive may also be installed as drive B The drive designation is determined by which connector is used on the diskette drive cable The drive attached to the end connector is drive A while the drive attached to the second next to the end connector is drive B On all models the diskette drive interface function is integrate
28. 13h Aperture Base Config 8 93h Reset Control 00h 50 51h PAC Config Reg 00h AQ A3h AGP Capability Identifier N A 53h Data Buffer Control 83h A4 A7h AGP Status N A 55 56h DRAM Row Type 00h A8 ABh AGP Command 00h 57h DRAM Control 01h BO B3h AGP Control 00h 58h DRAM Timing 00h B4h Aperture Size 0000h 59 5Fh PAM 0 6 Registers 00h B8 BBh Aperture Translation Table 0000h 60 67h DRAM Row Boundary 01h BCh Aperture I F Timer 00h 68h Fixed DRAM Hole 00h BDh Low Priority Timer 00h NOTES Refer to Intel Inc documentation for detailed description of registers Assume unmarked locations gaps as reserved Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 3 9 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 3 Processor Memory Subsystem This page is intentionally blank 3 10 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Chapter 4 SYSTEM SUPPORT 4 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter covers subjects dealing with basic system architecture and covers the following topics PCI bus overview 4 2 page 4 2 AGP bus overview 4 3 page 4 11 ISA bus overview 4 4 page 4 16 System clock distribution 4 5 page 4 28 Real time clock and configuration memory 4 6 page 4 29 map and register accessing 4 7 page 4 46 System management 4 8 page 4 51 This chapter covers functions provided by off the shelf
29. 5 5 4 PARALLEL INTERFACE nnne 5 22 5 5 5 PARALLEL INTERFACE CONNECTOR 5 26 5 6 KEYBOARD POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE 5 27 5 6 1 KEYBOARD INTERFACE 5 27 5 6 2 POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE eren 5 29 5 6 3 KEYBOARD POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE PROGRAMMING 5 29 5 6 4 KEYBOARD POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE 5 33 5 7 UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS 5 34 5 7 1 USB KEYBOARD 5 68 2 2 4 5 34 5 7 2 USB 5 34 5 7 3 LAD UHR PU HEP 5 35 5 7 4 2 ert etie ted 5 35 CHAPTER 6 AUDIO 5 5 61 INTRODUCTION GrP AE Mi ieee leis 6 1 6 2 FUNCTIONAL 6 2 6 2 1 PCM AUDIO PROCESSING 3 8 EEG Re DUE Eee 6 4 6 2 2 FM SYNTHESIS AUDIO PROCESSING sees nnne nnne nemen 6 7 63 PROGRAMMING eee ilice iere e eve de ertet tee ederet 6 8 6 3 1 CONFIGURATION tete ertet eti ete teen tet edt 6 8 6 3 2 CON TEROL siue neat pat eae ak eines Ad a ists 6 9 64 SPECIFICA
30. 71 Interrupt Type R W 03h 74h DMA Channel Select R W 02h 75h Report DMA Assignment RO 04h FOh Configuration Data R W Fih Drive ID R W 5 10 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 5 3 1 2 Diskette Drive Interface Control The BIOS function INT 13 provides basic control of the diskette drive interface The diskette drive interface can be controlled by software through I O mapped registers listed in Table 5 7 Table 5 7 Diskette Drive Interface Control Registers Primary Alternate Address Address Register R W 3F1h 371h Media ID R 3F2h 372h Drive Control 3F4h 374h Main Status R 3F5h 375h Data R W 3F7h 377h Drive Status R Data Transfer Rate base address 1 371h and enabling of the diskette drive controller is selected through the Function Enable Register FER addr 399 00h of the 87307 I O controller Address selection and enabling is automatically done by the BIOS during POST but can also be accomplished with the Setup utility and other software The following paragraphs describe the diskette drive interface control registers Media ID Register I O Port 3F1h 371h Read Only Bit 7 5 Media Type Invalid 000 5 25 inch drive 010 2 88 MB 3 5 inch drive 100 1 44 MB 3 5 inch drive 110 720 KB 3 5 inch drive 1 0 Tape Select 00 None 10 Drive
31. Asset Tag Serial Number Configuration Bytes BOh C3h Custom Hard Drive Information These bytes contain the number of cylinders heads and sectors per track for hard drives C D E and F respectively The mapping for each drive is as follows Drive 65 C Drive 66 D Drive 68 E Drive 15 F Function BOh B5h BAh BFh No of Cylinders Low Byte B6h BBh COh No of Cylinders High Byte B2h B7h BCh Cth No of Heads B3h B8h BDh C2h Max ECC Bytes B4h B9h BEh C3h No of Sectors Per Track 4 44 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Configuration Byte C7h C8h Serial Ports 1 and 2 Respectively Configuration Bytes Default Value FEh 7Dh Base Address in packed format Algorithm Addr 200h 8 i e 3Fh 3F8h 1Fh 2F8h 00 200h Interrupt 00 Reserved 01 IRQ3 10 1804 11 Reserved Configuration Bytes CAh DBh Chassis Serial Number Configuration Bytes DEh DFh Checksum of Locations 90h DDh Configuration Bytes E0h FFh Client Management Error Log Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 45 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support 47 I O MAP AND REGISTER ACCESSING 4 7 1 SYSTEM I O MAP Table 4 19 System Port Function 0000 000Fh DMA Controller 1 0020 0021h Interrupt Control
32. Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Power Supply Drive Bays Expansion Card Cage Slots On Backplane Rear View 90 Front Wide Ultra SCSI Card Processor System Board Speaker AGP NLX ms ex Graphics Card Figure 2 5 Minitower Chassis Layout Left Side View 2 7 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 2 System Overview 2 3 3 BOARD LAYOUTS Figure 2 6 shows the location of connectors and switches for the system board which is the same for all models and both formfactors 1 2 5 6 8 9 10 System Board NLX Type P N 007998 xxx or 008123 xxx 1 Item Function Item Function 1 Serial I F COM2 7 bottom USB Port A I F 2 Serial I F COM1 8 Backplane Connector 3 Parallel I F 9 Processor Slot 1 4 top Mouse connector 10 Heat Sink Thermal Diode Connector 2 4 bottom Keyboard connector 11 DIMM Sockets 5 top Audio Line Input 12 Frequency Password DIP Switch 5 bottom Audio Line Output 13 Heat Sink Thermal Diode Connector 3 6 top Audio Mic Input 14 CMOS Clear Jumper 6 bottom Audio Headphone Output 15 AGP Slot NLX type 7 top USB Port B I
33. Leave monitor power Energy Saver Mode Indicator Blinking LED 0 Disable 1 Enable Configuration Byte 24h System Board Identification Default Value 7Eh Configuration memory location 24h holds the system board ID Configuration Byte 25h System Architecture Data Default Value OBh Bit Function 2 3 Unmapping of ROM 0 Allowed 1 Not allowed Diagnostic Status Byte Address 00 Memory locations 80C00000h 80C00004h 01 I O ports 878h 87Ch 11 neither place 4 34 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Configuration Byte 26h Auxiliary Peripheral Configuration Default Value 00h Delay Select 00 420 ns default 01 2 300 ns 10 2600 ns 11 540 ns Alternative A20 Switching 0 Disable port 92 mode 1 Enable port 92 mode Bi directional Print Port Mode 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Graphics Type Hard Drive Primary Secondary Address Select 0 Primary 1 Secondar Diskette I O Port 0 Primary 1 Secondar Diskette I O Port Enable 0 Primary 1 Secondar 0 Color 1 Monochrome Configuration Byte 27h Speed Control External Drive Default Value 00h Boot Speed 0 Max MHz 1 Fast speed Reserved Configuration Byte 28h Expanded and Base Memory IRQ12 Select Default Value 00h IRQ12 Select 0 Mouse 1 Expansion bus Base Memory Size 00 640 KB 01 51
34. Link LED Activity LED 100TX LED gt 82558 LAN Controller LIIT ULEI Figure D 1 Compaq 10 100 TX WOL Controller Card Layout PCA 323550 001 Compaq Personal Computers D 1 Changed June 1998 Appendix Compaq 10 100 TX PCI Intel WOL UTP Controller D 2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION The Compaq 10 100 TX PCI Intel WOL UTP Controller card contains the 82558 controller with ROMs and support logic three LED status indicators a WOL header connector RJ 45 network connector and power switching logic Figure D 2 PCI Connector Link Active 100TX Yellow Green Green 82558 Ethernet Controller PCI CLK Clock Transition Logic CLK Circuitry RJ 45 Connector TX RX PME Pulse WAKEUP Generator WOL Header Figure 0 2 Compaq 10 100 TX PCI Intel WOL Controller Block Diagram D 2 1 STATUS INDICATORS The LEDs provide the following indications Link LED yellow Indicates reception of link pulses in 10 MB s mode scrambler lock in 100 MB s mode Activity LED green Indicates network activity 100 TX LED green Indicates connection with 100 MB s network D 2 Compaq Personal Computers Changed June 1998 Technical Reference Guide D 2 2 CARD POWER AND CLOCK D 2 3 The controlle
35. ROM Such option ROM data if detected is loaded into system memory s DOS compatibility area refer to the system memory map shown in chapter 3 4 8 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 4 2 5 4 2 6 Technical Reference Guide PCI INTERRUPT MAPPING The PCI bus provides for four interrupt signals INTA INTB INTC and INTD These signals may be generated by on board PCI devices or by devices installed in the PCI slots In order to minimize latency INTA INTD signal routing from the interrupt controller of the 82371south bridge to PCI slots devices is distributed evenly as shown below Interrupt 51011 PCISIot2 PCISlot3 51014 PCISlot5 AGP Slot USB INTA INTA INTD INTC INTB INTD de INTB INTB INTA INTD INTC INTA INTD INTB INTA INTD INTD INTC INTB INTA INTC INTB INTD NOTE PCI Slot 5 on minitower only Interrupts generated by PCI devices can be configured to share the standard AT IRQn interrupt lines Two devices that share a single PCI interrupt must also share the corresponding AT interrupt PCI POWER MANAGEMENT SUPPORT This system complies with the PCI Power Management Interface Specification rev 1 0 The PCI Power Management Enable PME signal is supported by the 440BX chipset and allows compliant PCI and AGP peripherals to initiate the powe
36. The parallel interface function is integrated into the 87307 I O controller component and provides bi directional 8 bit parallel data transfers with a peripheral device The parallel interface supports three main modes of operation Standard Parallel Port SPP mode Enhanced Parallel Port EPP mode Extended Capabilities Port ECP mode These three modes and their submodes provide complete support as specified for an IEEE 1284 parallel port STANDARD PARALLEL PORT MODE The Standard Parallel Port SPP mode uses software based protocol and includes two sub modes of operation compatible and extended both of which can provide data transfers up to 150 KB s In the compatible mode CPU write data is simply presented on the eight data lines A CPU read of the parallel port yields the last data byte that was written The following steps define the standard procedure for communicating with a printing device 1 The system checks the Printer Status register If the Busy Paper Out or Printer Fault signals are indicated as being active the system either waits for a status change or generates an error message 2 system sends a byte of data to the Printer Data register then pulses the printer STROBE signal through the Printer Control register for at least 500 ns 3 system then monitors the Printer Status register for acknowledgment of the data byte before sending the next byte In extended mode a direction control b
37. This byte holds the value of the amount of extended system memory that 15 configured The amount is given in 64 KB increments Configuration Byte 92h Miscellaneous Configuration Byte Default Value 18h Function 4 Diskette Write Control 0 Disable 1 Enable Diskette Drive Swap Control 0 Don t swap 1 Swap drive and B Configuration Byte 93h PCI Configuration Byte Default Value 00h Bit Function 7 Onboard SCSI Status 0 Hidden 1 Active Onboard NIC Status 0 Hidden 1 Active 5 Onboard USB Status 0 Hidden 1 Active 2 ISA Passive Release 0 Enabled 1 Disabled 1 PCI Bus Master Enable 0 Enabled 1 Disabled PCI Palette Snoop 0 Disable 1 Enable If palette snooping is enabled then a primary PCI graphics card may share a common palette with the ISA graphics card Palette snooping should only be enabled if all of the following conditions are met An ISA card connects to a PCI graphics card through the VESA connector The ISA card is connected to a color monitor The ISA card uses the RAMDAC on the PCI card The palette snooping feature sometimes called RAMDAC shadowing on the PCI card is enabled and functioning properly 999 4 42 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Configuration Byte 94h ROM Flash Power Button Status Default Value 00h Bit Function S 3 Resevd
38. This is accomplished by first writing a one 1 to bit 1 of I O port one is then written to bit 2 of OCF9h This causes the 82371 to create hard reset by asserting CPURST PCIRST and RSTDRV for at least 1 ms After the reset the 82371 automatically clears bit 2 of OCF9h 8 2 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 8 3 Technical Reference Guide MEMORY DETECTION AND CONFIGURATION This system uses the Serial Presence Detect SPD method of determining the installed DIMM configuration The BIOS communicates with EEPROM on each DIMM through an bus to obtain data on the following DIMM parameters 999 Presence Size Type Timing CAS latency NOTE Refer to Chapter 3 Processor Memory Subsystem for the SPD format and DIMM data specific to this system The BIOS performs memory detection and configuration with the following steps 1 Set Memory Buffer Strength The memory controller must be configured for correct buffer drive strength The BIOS provides this function by reading the number of module banks ECC enable disable status and SDRAM width data from the DIMMs and transferring that data to the memory controller SPD bytes checked 5 11 13 Determine DIMM Presence Type The BIOS checks each memory socket for DIMM presence If present the DIMM type and CAS latency is determined SPD bytes
39. Values that have no succeeding letter can be assumed to be decimal RANGES Ranges or limits for a parameter are shown as a pair of values separated by two dots Example Bits 7 4 bits 7 6 5 and 4 SIGNAL LABELS Signal names are indicated using abbreviations acronyms or if possible the full signal name in all capital letters Signals that are meant to be active low are indicated with a dash immediately following the name REGISTER NOTATION AND USAGE This guide uses standard Intel naming conventions in discussing the microprocessor s CPU internal registers Registers that are accessed through programmable I O using an indexing scheme are indicated using the following format 03C5 17h Index port Data port In the example above register 03C5 17h is accessed by writing the index port value 17h to the index address 03C4h followed by a write to or a read from port 03C5h BIT NOTATION Bit values are labeled with bit 0 representing the least significant bit LSb and bit 7 representing the most significant bit MSb of a byte Bytes words double words and quad words are typically shown with most significant portions on the left or top and the least significant portions on the right or bottom respectively 1 2 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 1 3 COMMON ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATION
40. When PS On is de asserted the Power Supply Assembly is off and all voltages except 5 AUX not generated Note that 5 AUX is always produced as long as the system is connected to a live AC source as indicated by an illuminated system board LED 7 2 2 1 Power Button The PS On signal is typically controlled through the Power Button which when pressed and released applies a negative grounding pulse to the power control logic Refer to section 7 2 2 3 for PS On control select The resultant action of pressing the power button depends on the state and mode of the system at that time and is described as follows System State Pressed Power Button Results In Off Negative pulse of which the falling edge results in power control logic asserting PS On signal to Power Supply Assembly which then initializes ACPI four Second counter is not active On ACPI Disabled Negative pulse of which the falling edge causes power control logic to de assert the PS On signal ACPI four second counter is not active On ACPI Enabled Pressed and Released Under Four Seconds Negative pulse of which the falling edge causes power control logic to generate set a bit in the SMI source register set a bit for button status and start four second counter Software should clear the button status bit within four seconds and the Suspend state is entered If the status bit is not cleared by software in four seconds PS On is de asserted
41. etc and also must be enabled before it can be used When configured for EPP or ECP mode additional considerations must be taken into account Address selection enabling and EPP ECP mode parameters of the parallel interface are affected through the PnP configuration registers of the 87307 I O controller Address selection and enabling are automatically done by the BIOS during POST but can also be accomplished with the Setup utility and other software The PnP configuration registers are accessed through I O registers 15Ch index and 15Dh data The parallel interface is initiated by firmware selecting logical device 4 of the 87307 This is accomplished by the following sequence 1 Write 07h to I O register 15Ch 2 Write 04h to I O register 15Dh for selecting the parallel interface 3 Write 30h to I O register 15Ch 4 Write to I O register 15Dh this activates the interface The parallel interface configuration registers are listed in the following table Table 5 12 Parallel Interface Configuration Registers Index Reset Address Function R W Value 30h Activate R W 01h 31h Range Check R W 00h 60h Base Address MSB R W 02h 61h Base Address LSB R W 78h 70h Interrupt Select R W 07h 71h Interrupt Type R W 00h 74h DMA Channel Select R W 04h 75h Report DMA Assignment RO 04h FOh Configuration Data R W 5 22 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Th
42. failed 402 15 Int test LpBk test and data cntrl reg failed 402 06 Loopback test and cntrl reg failed 402 16 Unexpected interrupt received 402 07 Loopback tst data cntrl reg failed 402 01 Printer pattern test failed 402 08 Interrupt test failed 498 00 Printer failed or not connected 402 09 Interrupt test and data reg failed VIDEO GRAPHICS ERROR MESSAGES 5 Table A 8 Video Graphics Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 501 01 Video controller test failed 508 01 320x200 mode color set 0 test failed 502 01 Video memory test failed 509 01 320x200 mode color set 1 test failed 503 01 Video attribute test failed 510 01 640x200 mode test failed 504 01 Video character set test failed 511 01 Screen memory page test failed 505 01 80x25 mode 9x14 cell test failed 512 01 Gray scale test failed 506 01 80x25 mode 8x8 cell test failed 514 01 White screen test failed 507 01 40x25 mode test failed 516 01 Noise pattern test failed Changed April 1998 Compaq Personal Computers 5 Appendix Error Messages and Codes A 10 DISKETTE DRIVE ERROR MESSAGES 6xx xx Table A 9 Diskette Drive Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 6xx 01 Exceeded maximum soft error limit 6xx 20 Failed to get drive type 6xx 02 Exceeded maximum hard error limit 6xx 21 Failed to get change line status 6xx 03 Previously exc
43. in a single edge connector SEC cartridge to which a heat sink is attached The Celeron processor includes a microprocessor mounted on a single edge processor package SEPP board On these systems the SEPP board of the Celeron processor is contained within a SEPP board housing and heat sink Heat Sink SEPP Poad Microprocessor Microprocessor Secondary L2 Cache SEPP Board Housing Pentium Processor Celeron Processor Assembly Assembly Figure 2 9 Processor Assembly Comparison The Pentium II and Celeron processors are backward compatible with software written for the Pentium MMX Pentium Pro Pentium and x86 microprocessors The integrated microprocessor provides performance enhancements for multi byte and floating point processing 2 12 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 2 42 SYSTEM MEMORY This system provides three 168 pin DIMM sockets with 16 32 or 64 megabytes of RAM installed depending on model System memory can be expanded up to 384 megabytes using 16 32 64 and 128 MB DIMMs This system supports SDRAM EDO and ECC DIMMs Models 3200 and 6400 come with SDRAM installed while models 4300 and 9100 come with ECC DIMMs installed Non parity DIMMs are installed as standard but parity DIMMs are supported 2 4 3 SUPPORT CHIPSETS Table 2 2 shows the functions provided by the key
44. set associative caches for handling code and data separately These functions operate at core processing speed Figure 3 2 which ranges from 266 to 400 megahertz depending on version Pentium Il Processor core processing speed Core processing speed Host bus speed Figure 3 2 Pentium II Processor Internal Architecture The Pentium II processor includes 512 kilobytes of SRAM for the write through L2 cache Accesses with the L2 cache occur at 50 of the core processing speed The front side bus FSB also referred to as the Host bus interface of the 266 300 and 333 MHz processors operates at 66 MHz The FSB interface of the 350 and 400 MHz processors operates at 100 MHz The Pentium processor is software compatible with earlier generation x86 microprocessors NOTE Later versions of the Pentium II processor require updated BIOS firmware Refer to section 3 2 2 for upgrading information Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 3 3 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 3 Processor Memory Subsystem 3 2 1 2 Celeron Processor Select systems are shipped with the Intel Celeron processor The Celeron processor Figure 3 3 uses a CPU FPU core that is functionally the same as that of the Pentium II described previously and provides the same level of branch prediction math co processing MMX support and L1 cache operation Processing and Host bus speed ratios follow those of the
45. 1202 11 Time out waiting for SYNC 2 1206 17 Tone detection failure 1202 12 Time out waiting for response 2 1210 XX Modem direct connect test 1202 13 Data block retry limit reached 2 1210 01 Time out waiting for SYNC 6 1202 21 Time out waiting for SYNC 3 1210 02 Time out waiting for response 6 1202 22 Time out waiting for response 3 1210 03 Data block retry limit reached 6 1202 23 Data block retry limit reached 3 1210 04 RX exceeded carrier lost limit 1208 XX Modem external termination test 1210 05 TX exceeded carrier lost limit 1203 01 Modem external TIP RING failure 1210 06 Time out waiting for dial tone 1203 02 Modem external data TIP RING fail 1210 07 Dial number string too long 1203 03 Modem line termination failure 1210 08 Modem time out waiting for remote response 1204 XX Modem auto originate test 1210 09 Modem exceeded maximum redial limit 1204 01 Time out waiting for SYNC 4 1210 10 Line quality prevented remote response 1204 02 Time out waiting for response 4 1210 11 Modem time out waiting for remote connection NOTES Compaq Personal Computers 7 Appendix Error Messages Codes A 13 A 8 HARD DRIVE ERROR MESSAGES 17xx xx Table A 12 Hard Drive Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 17xx 01 Exceeded max soft error limit 17 51 Failed I O read test 17xx 02 Exceeded max Hard error limit 17xx 52 Failed compare test 17 03
46. 200 022 2 000000000000000000 4 24 MASKABLE INTERRUPT CONTROL 5 68 0 00202000000000000 0000000000 0000 0004 4 24 INTERVAL TIMER FUNCTIONS 00 0000000000000 600000000000 11 4 27 INTERVAL TIMER CONTROL 5 6 2 2 1 2 2 0 000000000000000000144 00000 4 27 CLOCK GENERATION AND DISTRIBUTION 4400000 00000000000000000000 4 28 CONFIGURATION MEMORY CMOS 4 30 SYSTEMTI O e Pvt Haee Tai 4 46 82371 SOUTH BRIDGE GENERAL PURPOSE INPUT PORT UTILIZATION eene 4 47 82371 SOUTH BRIDGE GENERAL PURPOSE OUTPUT PORT 4 48 87307 CONTROLLER PNP STANDARD CONTROL REGISTERS eee 4 49 SYSTEM MANAGEMENT CONTROL 5 6 0 00000000000000000000000 000 4 51 IDE PCI CONFIGURATION REGISTERS 102000000000022000000000000000000014 5 2 IDE BUS MASTER CONTROL 8 6 0 0000 500000000000000 nnne enses nnn 5 2 IDE ATA CONTROL 8 6 0 000000000000000000005150 0000000 5 3 IDE CONTROLLER COMMANDS 2 1 2 0 00000000000000000005 0000 000 5 6 40 IDE CONNECTOR PINOUT 2 0 00001500000000000001 sana annt n rises s saa 5 8 DISKETTE DRIVE CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION
47. 200 Hz 1 MB 640 x 480 16 7M 200 Hz 1 MB 800 x 600 256 200 Hz 512 KB 800 x 600 65K 200 Hz 1 MB 800 x 600 16 7M 160 Hz 1 5 MB 1024 x 768 256 150 Hz 1 1024 x 768 65K 150Hz 1 5 MB 1024 x 768 16 7M 120Hz 2 5 MB 1152 x 864 256 120 Hz 3MB 1152 x 864 65K 120Hz 3 5 MB 1152 x 864 16 7M 85Hz 4 1280 1024 256 100 2 1 5 1280 1024 65K 100 Hz 2 5 1280 1024 16 7 85 2 4 1600 1200 256 85 Hz 2 1600 x 1200 65K 85 Hz 4MB NOTE Modes not supported with supplied driver Table F 2 lists the 3D graphics display modes and how the frame buffer is used Table F 2 3D Graphics Display Modes Frame Front Back 2 Texture Memory Resolution Color Depth Buffer Buffer Buffer Buffer w Z w o Z 512 x 384 65K 2 0 38 MB 0 38 MB 0 38 MB 0 88 MB 1 25 MB 640 x 480 65K 2 0 59 MB 0 59 MB 0 59 MB 0 24MB 0 83 MB 640 x 480 65K 4 0 59 MB 0 59 MB 0 59MB 2 24 2 83 640 480 16 7 4 1 17 1 17 0 59 1 07 1 66 800 600 65K 4 MB 0 92 MB 0 92 MB 0 92 MB 1 25MB 2 17 4 Compaq Personal Computers Original April 1998 4 F 4 1 Technical Reference Guide PROGRAMMING CONFIGURATION The graphics card works off the AGP bus and is configured through PCI configuration space registers using PCI protocol These registers Table F 3 are configured by BIOS during POST Table F 3 ATI RAGE PRO PCI Configuration Space Registers PCI Config PC
48. 3 5 5 12 VDC DISTRIBUTION The power supply assembly includes a multi connector cable assembly that routes 3 3 VDC 5 VDC 5 VDC 12 VC and 12 VDC to the system board as well as to the individual drive assemblies P6 P5 P6 Drive Assemblies fed P3 P4 P3 P5 0000 1 2 3 4 Power Supply Assembly P1 P1 ATX type 5 334112 001 Backplane 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 111213 14 15 16 7 89 10 Connector Pini 2 Pin3 Pin4 Pin5 Pin6 Pin7 Pin8 Pin9 10 5 5 Pe NOTES 1 This row represents pins 11 20 of the P1 connector All and values are VDC RTN Return signal ground GND Power ground RS Remote sense Deviation from ATX standard PWR GD signal is produced by the south bridge component Figure 7 2 Power Cable Diagram Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 7 5 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 7 Power and Signal Distribution 7 3 2 LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION Voltages less than 3 3 VDC and processor core voltage are produced through regulator circuitry on the system board 5 AUX LET Regulator Circuit 45vpc LM3t7 Regulator Circuit Power Supply 7 3 3 VDC Regulator Circuit 5 VDC 12 VDC VIDO Regulator VID1 Circ
49. 7 Field format proposed to JEDEC but not defined as standard at publication time 8 Field specified as optional by JEDEC but required by this system 9 Compaq usage This system requires that the DIMM EEPROM have this space available for reads writes 10 Serial in ASCII format MSB is 133 Intended as backup identifier in case vender data is invalid Can also be used to indicate s n mismatch and flag system adminstrator of possible system Tampering 11 Contains the socket of the module first module is 1 Intended as backup identifier refer to note 10 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 3 7 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 3 Processor Memory Subsystem Figure 3 3 shows the system memory map for the system 4GB FFFF FFFFh High BIOS Area FFEO 0000h 2 MB FFDF FFFFh PCI Memory 18 MB FEC1 0000h FECO FFFFh APIC Config Space 64 KB FECO 0000h FEBF FFFFh Host PCI Memory PCI AGP Area Expansion 2548 MB 4000 0000h 3FFF FFFFh UB Host PCI Memory Expansion 1008 MB 0100 0000h Host PCI FFFFh i Extended Memory ISA Area 15 MB 0010 0000h 1 OOOF FFFFh System BIOS Area 000 0000h 64 KB 000E FFFFh Extended BIOS Area 000 0000h 64 KB 000D FFFFh Option ROM 128 KB 000C 0000h 000B FFFFh DOS Compatibility Graphics SMRAM Area RAM 128 KB 000A 0000h 0009 FFFFh 640 Fixed Mem Are
50. 85 25 0 25 25 0 25 22 5 06 86 2 0 2 2 0 2 23 6 07 87 36 F0 36 36 F0 36 24 7 08 88 3D F0 3D 3D F0 3D 25 8 09 89 26 9 OA 8A 46 0 46 46 0 46 27 0 0B 8B 45 F0 45 45 F0 45 28 0C 8C 4 4E 4 4E 29 00 80 55 F0 55 55 F0 55 30 2 5D F0 5D 5 31 Backspace OE 8E 66 0 66 66 0 66 32 Insert 0 52 E0 D2 EO 70 0 70 67 na EO AA E0 52 E0 D2 E0 2A 4 FO 12 EO 70 0 FO 70 EO 12 5 E0 2A EO 52 0 D2 EO 6 12 EO 70 0 FO 70 EO FO 12 6 33 Home EO 47 0 D2 6 0 6C 6E na EO AA EO 52 0 D2 EO 2A 4 FO 12 6C EO FO 6C EO 12 5 EO 2A EO 47 0 C7 EO AA 6 EO 12 EO 6C EO FO 6C EO FO 12 6 34 Page Up 49 0 C7 EO 7D EO F0 7D 6F na EO AA EO 49 0 C9 EO 2A 4 EO FO 12 EO 7D EO FO 7D EO 12 5 2A 49 0 C9 AA 6 E0 12 EO 7D EO FO 7D EO FO 12 6 35 Num Lock 45 C5 77 0 77 76 na 36 35 E0 B5 EO 4 4A 77 AA EO 35 E0 B5 EO 2A 1 EO FO 12 EO 4A EO 4A EO 12 1 37 37 7 7 7 7E na 38 4A CA 7 0 7B 84 na 39 Tab OF 8F OD FO 0D 0D na 40 Q 10 90 15 F0 15 15 na Continued x Notes listed at end of table C 10 Compaq Personal Computers Changed April 1998 Technical Reference Guide Table C 2 Keyboard Scan Codes Continued Ke
51. 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 H01 Figure C 4 National 102 Key Keyboard Key Positions 4 Compaq Personal Computers Changed April 1998 Technical Reference Guide C 2 2 2 Windows Enhanced Keyboards 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 30 52 53 54 55 56 57 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 92 1110 93 94 95 111 1112 96 97 98 99 100 801 i Figure C 5 U S English Windows 101 W Key Keyboard Key Positions
52. Alt right 38 E0 B8 EO 11 0 EO 11 39 na 96 Ctrl right 1D E0 9D EO 14 0 EO 14 58 na 97 E0 4B EO E0 6B Eo 6B 61 0 61 EO AA 4B E0 2A 4 EO FO 12 EO 6B EO 6B EO 12 5 EO 2A 4B E0 CB EO AA 6 12 EO 6B EO FO 6B EO FO 12 6 98 Y 50 0 DO EO 72 0 FO 72 60 0 60 EO AA EO 50 0 DO EO 2A 4 FO 12 EO 72 0 FO 72 EO 12 5 E0 2A EO 50 0 DO AA 6 12 EO 72 0 FO 72 EO FO 12 6 99 gt E0 4D EO CD EO 74 0 FO 74 6A FO 6A EO AA EO 4D EO CD EO 2A 4 EO FO 12 EO 74 0 74 EO 12 5 EO 2A EO 4D EO CD EO AA 6 12 EO 74 EO FO 74 EO FO 12 6 100 0 52 D2 6 70 FO 70 6 70 na 6 101 i 53 D3 6 71 F0 71 6 71 na 6 102 na 7E FE 6D FO 6D 7B FO 7B 103 na 2B AB 5D F0 5D 53 F0 53 104 na 36 D6 61 0 61 13 0 13 110 Win95 7 E0 5B EO DB 1F EO FO 8B FO 8B AA EO 5 2A 4 FO 12 EO 1F EO 1F EO 12 5 2A 5B E0 DB AA 6 12 EO 1F EO 1F 12 6 111 Win95 7 5 DC 2F E0 FO 27 8C F0 8C AA DC 2A 4 EO FO 12 EO 27 0 FO 27 EO 12 5 EO 2A 5 0 DC EO 6 12 E0 27 0 FO 27 FO 12 6 112 Win Apps E0 5D E0 DD 2F E0 FO 2F 8D F0 8D 7 AA 5D EO DD 2A 4 EO FO 12 EO 2F E0 FO 2F EO 12 5 2A 5D DD AA 6 12 E0 2F EO FO 2F FO 12 6 NOTES All codes assume Shift Ctrl and Alt keys inactive
53. CARD LAYOUT PCA 323550 001 D 1 FIGURE D 2 CoMPAQ 10 100 TX PCI INTEL WOL CONTROLLER CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM D 2 FIGURE D 3 82558 CONTROLLER INTERNAL 9 9 22 D 3 FIGURE D 4 ETHERNET CONNECTOR RJ 45 VIEWED FROM CARD D 5 FIGURE 1 WIDE ULTRA SCSI HOST ADAPTER CARD LAYOUT E 1 FIGURE 2 ADAPTEC AHA 2940U ULTRA SCSI ADAPTER CARD BLOCK E 2 FIGURE 3 ULTRA SCSI CONNECTOR 50 PIN AS SEEN FROM REAR OF CARD ee E 5 FIGURE 4 WIDE ULTRA SCSI CONNECTOR 68 PIN AS SEEN FROM TOP OF ccce E 6 FIGURE F 1 ATI RAGE PRO AGP GRAPHICS CARD LAYOUT NLX VERSION SHOWN F 1 FIGURE F 2 ATI RAGE PRO AGP GRAPHICS CARD BLOCK DIAGRAM creen F 2 FIGURE F 3 ATI 3DRAGE PRO GRAPHICS CONTROLLER INTERNAL ARCHITECTURE ee F 3 FIGURE F 4 VGA MONITOR CONNECTOR FEMALE DB 15 AS VIEWED FROM F 7 FIGURE 5 AMC CONNECTOR 40 PIN HEADER F 8 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide TABLE 1 1 TABLE2 1 TABLE 2 2 TABLE 2 3 TABLE 2 4 TABLE 2 5 TABLE 2 6 TABLE2 7 TABLE 2 8 TABLE 2 9 TABLE3 1 TABLE 3 2 TABLE 3 3 TABLE 3 4 TABLE 4 1 TABLE 4 2 TABLE 4 3
54. F 16 Battery NOTE 1 The two system boards are electrically identical There are slight differences in the location of some components Later production units use the 008123 xxx board 2 PCA 008123 3 PCA 007998 Figure 2 6 System Board Connector and Switch Locations 2 8 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Figure 2 7 shows the connector and switch locations for the two types of backplane boards H jj tton ve 99 didis 9 ddos System Board Side Power Supply Side System Board Side Power Supply Side Desktop Backplane Board Minitower Backplane Board P N 008001 xxx P N 008058 xxx or 009663 xxx 5 Function Item Function 1 PCI connector J20 slot 1 10 CD audio input header P7 2 PCI connector J21 slot 2 11 Secondary EIDE connector P21 3 ISA connector J10 1 12 Diskette drive connector P10 4 PCI connector J22 slot 3 2 13 Primary EIDE connector P20 5 ISA connector J11 3 14 Power button L
55. I O Controller provides 11 general purpose pins that can be individually configured as either inputs or outputs These pins are mapped as two general purpose ports and utilized as shown below GPIO Port 1 Data I O Addr 078h 87307 I O Controller GPIO17 not used GPIO16 config as input Cover Lock Detect Read 0 no solenoid Read 1 solenoid GPIO15 config as output Cover Alarm Clear Write 0 to clear alarm 4 GPIO14 config as input Cover Removed Detect Read 0 cover has been removed Read 1 cover is secure 13 10 config as input Backplane identification ID3 0 GPIO Port 1 Direction Output Type PU Cntrl I O Addr 079 07Bh 87307 I O Controller GPIO Port 2 Data Addr 07Ch 87307 Controller 7 4 GPIO27 24 Not Available GPIO23 config as input Ring Detect Read 0 no ring received Write 1 ring detected 2 0 GPIO22 20 Not Available GPIO Port 2 Direction Output Type PU Cntrl Addr 07D 07Fh 87307 Controller 4 50 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 4 8 Technical Reference Guide SYSTEM MANAGEMENT SUPPORT This section describes the hardware support of functions involving security safety identification and power consumption of the system System management functions are handled largely by a System Security ASIC Most functions are controlled through registers Table 4 2
56. I O controller The RTC uses the first 14 of 256 bytes of configuration memory and is MC146818 compatible As shown in the following figure the 87307 controller provides 256 bytes of configuration memory divided into two 128 byte banks The RTC configuration memory can be accessed using conventional OUT and IN assembly language instructions using I O ports 70h 7 1h although the suggested method is to use the INTI5 AX E823h BIOS call ODh RegisterD 87307 OCh X RegisterC OBh RegisterB Upper Config XRegisterA d 128 bytes 07h Date of Month 80h 06h Day of Week 7Fh 5 Hours Alarm _ Lower Config 04h Hours Timer Memory Area O3h Minutes Alarm 114 bytes 02h Minutes Timer 01h Seconds Alarm RTC Area Seconds Timer 14 bytes 00h Figure 4 11 Configuration Memory Map A lithium 3 VDC battery is used for maintaining the RTC and configuration memory while the system is powered down During system operation a wire Ored circuit allows the RTC and configuration memory to draw power from the power supply The battery is located in a battery holder on the system board and has a life expectancy of four to eight years When the battery has expired it is replaced with a Renata CR2032 or equivalent 3 VDC lithium battery Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 29 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Editi
57. INTERFACE ERROR 55 85 00000 A 10 SCSI INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES 11 POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE ERROR 11 PRIVILEGED OPS ERROR 655 6 998 12 CEMM EXCEPTION ERROR 655 5 2 4 2100000000000000000 A 12 ASCII CHARACTER SET B 1 KEYBOARD TO SYSTEM COMMANDS 24400000000000000000000 0000 010 9 KEYBOARD SCAN CODES eret a E 10 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers xi Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide TABLE D 1 OPERATING 85 11 00001000000000008 ssssn aant nne e sss ss na arteries sse annees D 5 TABLE E 1 ULTRA SCSI HOST ADAPTER CARD CONTROL REGISTER MAPPING eee E 3 TABLE E 2 ULTRA SCSI HOST ADAPTER CARD SPECIFICATIONS eee eee E 3 TABLE E 3 WIDE ULTRA SCSI ADAPTER CARD TYPICAL CONFIGURATION 4 TABLE 4 SCSI CONNECTOR PINOUT 5 TABLE E 5 WIDE ULTRA SCSI CONNECTOR 0 0 2000 0 0 0 00 0010000000000000080 8 0 E 6 TABLEF 1 2D GRAPHICS DISPLAY MODES 5 F 4 TABLEF 2 3D GRAPHICS DISPLAY
58. Interrupt Routing 80h PCI Interrupt Routing NOTE Assume unmarked locations gaps as reserved 4 10 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 4 3 4 3 1 Technical Reference Guide AGP BUS OVERVIEW NOTE This section describes the AGP bus in general For a detailed description of AGP bus operations refer to the AGP Interface Specification available at the following AGP forum web site http www agpforum org index htm The Accelerated Graphics Port AGP bus is specifically designed as an economical yet high performance interface for 3D graphics adapters The AGP interface is designed to give graphics adapters dedicated pipelined access to system memory for the purpose of off loading texturing z buffering and alpha blending used in 3D graphics operations By off loading a large portion of 3D data to system memory the AGP graphics adapter only requires enough memory for frame buffer display image refreshing BUS TRANSACTIONS The operation of the AGP bus is based on the 66 MHz PCI specification but includes additional mechanisms to increase bandwidth During the configuration phase the AGP bus acts in accordance with PCI protocol Once operation with the AGP adapter involves graphics data handling AGP defined protocols take effect The AGP graphics adapter acts generally as the AGP master but can also behave as a target during fast writ
59. Microprocessor chip ID 1Eh Reserved 84h Microprocessor chip revision 1Fh Power management functions 85h Hood removal status byte 24h System board ID 86h Fast boot date 25h System architecture data 87h Fast boot status byte 26h Auxiliary peripheral configuration 8Dh 8Fh POST error logging 27h Speed control external drive 90h 91h Total super extended memory configured 28h Expanded base mem size IRQ12 92h Miscellaneous configuration byte 29h Miscellaneous configuration 93h Miscellaneous PCI features 2Ah Hard drive timeout 94h ROM flash power button status 2Bh System inactivity timeout 97h Asset test prompt byte 2Ch Monitor timeout Num Lock 9Bh Ultra 38 DMA enable byte 2Dh Additional flags 9Ch Mode 2 Configuration 2Eh 2Fh Checksum of locations 10h 2Dh 9Dh ESS audio configuration 30h 31h Total extended memory tested 9Eh ECP DMA configuration 32h Century 9Fh AFh Serial number 33h Miscellaneous flags set by BIOS BOh C3h Custom drive types 65 66 68 15 34h International language C7h Serial port 1 address 35h APM status flags C8h Serial port 2 address 36h ECC POST test single bit C9h COM1 CON2 port configuration 37h 3Fh Power on password DEh DFh Checksum of locations 90h to DDh 40h Miscellaneous Disk Bits EOh FFh Client Management error log NOTE Assume unmarked gaps are reserved The contents of configuration memory including the password can be cleared by the following procedure 4 30 Compaq Desk
60. Packet 7 4 D 4 media write protect function BIOS 8 18 memory detection 8 3 memory map 3 8 memory cache SRAM 2 13 memory ROM BIOS 2 13 memory system 3 6 memory system RAM 2 13 mixing 6 2 MMX technology 3 3 monitor power control 4 57 F 6 mouse interface 5 29 NIC card D 1 NLX card F 1 notational conventions 1 2 options 2 3 parallel interface 5 20 password administrator 4 52 4 53 password clearing 4 30 password power on 4 52 4 53 PCI bus 2 10 2 13 PCI bus overview 4 2 PCI Configuration Space 4 7 PCI interrupts 4 9 PCM audio processing 6 4 Pentium II 2 13 3 3 Pentium II processor 2 12 3 3 Plug n Play 2 2 2 3 2 14 8 19 Plug Play BIOS function 8 19 power button 4 56 7 3 power distribution 7 5 power management 4 56 Power Management BIOS function 8 21 power supply 7 1 power on password 4 52 4 53 processing speed selecting 3 5 processor upgrading 3 5 processor Celeron 2 12 3 4 processor Pentium II 2 12 3 3 QuickBoot 8 2 QuickLock QuickBlank 4 53 RAM 2 13 reference sources 1 1 remote flashing 8 2 remote wake up D 4 reset 8 2 ROM BIOS 8 1 RTC 4 29 scan codes keyboard C 9 SCSI adapter card wide ultra E 1 SCSI user guidelines E 4 SEC cartridge 2 12 3 2 secondary L2 cache 3 3 security functions BIOS 8 18 security I O 4 53 sensor cover removal 4 55 sensor tempurature 4 54 serial interface 5 14 sideband addressing 4 12 signa
61. Previously exceeded max soft error limit 17 53 Failed drive head register test 17xx 04 Previously exceeded max hard error limit 17 54 Failed digital input register test 17xx 05 Failed to reset controller 17xx 55 Cylinder 1 error 17xx 06 Fatal error while reading 17xx 56 Failed controller RAM diagnostics 17xx 07 Fatal error while writing 17xx 57 Failed controller to drive diagnostics 17xx 08 Failed compare of R W buffers 17xx 58 Failed to write sector buffer 17xx 09 Failed to format a track 17xx 59 Failed to read sector buffer 17xx 10 Failed diskette sector wrap during read 17xx 60 Failed uncorrectable ECC error 17xx 19 failed to deallocate bad sectors 17xx 62 Failed correctable ECC error 17xx 40 Cylinder 0 error 17 63 Failed soft error rate 17xx 41 Drive not ready 17xx 65 Exceeded max bad sectors per track 17xx 42 Failed to recalibrate drive 17xx 66 Failed to initialize drive parameter 17 43 Failed to format a bad track 17xx 67 Failed to write long 17xx 44 Failed controller diagnostics 17xx 68 Failed to read long 17xx 45 Failed to get drive parameters from ROM 17xx 69 Failed to read drive size 17xx 46 Invalid drive parameters from ROM 17xx 70 Failed translate mode 17xx 47 Failed to park heads 17xx 71 Failed non translate mode 17xx 48 Failed to move hard drive table to RAM 17xx 72 Bad track li
62. REGISTERS eee 5 10 DISKETTE DRIVE CONTROLLER REGISTERS 1 2 0000000000000 00100000000 4 5 11 34 PIN DISKETTE DRIVE CONNECTOR 2 2 000000000220200000 5 13 X Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September1998 TABLE 5 9 TABLE 5 10 TABLE 5 11 TABLE 5 12 TABLE 5 13 TABLE 5 14 TABLE 5 15 TABLE 5 16 TABLE 5 17 TABLE 5 18 TABLE 5 19 TABLE 5 20 TABLE 5 21 TABLE 6 1 TABLE 6 2 TABLE 6 3 TABLE 6 4 TABLE 6 5 TABLE 6 6 TABLE 7 1 TABLE 8 1 TABLE 8 1 TABLE 8 2 TABLE A 1 TABLE 2 TABLE 3 TABLE 4 TABLE 5 TABLE 6 TABLE 7 TABLE 8 TABLE A 9 TABLE 10 TABLE 11 TABLE 12 TABLE A 13 TABLE 14 TABLE 15 TABLE 16 TABLE 17 TABLE 18 TABLE 19 TABLE 20 TABLE B 1 TABLE C 1 TABLE C 2 Technical Reference Guide DB 9 SERIAL CONNECTOR 4 44222 02 6400 0000000000000020220202020202828585 22021 5 14 SERIAL INTERFACE CONFIGURATION REGISTERS ccce nennen nnne nennen nnn 5 15 SERIAL INTERFACE CONTROL 8 6 2 0202000 02 0000020001101 00000000040 000 5 16 PARALLEL INTERFACE CONFIGURATION REGISTERS eese 5 22 PARALLEL INTERFACE CONTROL REGISTERS 020 0 010 00000 nnne enne n
63. Smart Cover lock Smart Cover removal sense Serial port disable Parallel port disable 9 9 9 9 HHH HHH 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 2 2 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 2 2 2 OPTIONS Technical Reference Guide The following items are available as options for all models and may be included in the standard configuration of some models System Memory Hard drives controllers Removeable media drives Communications cards Graphics cards memory 16 MB DIMM ECC and non ECC 32 MB DIMM ECC and non ECC 64 MB DIMM ECC and nonECC 128 MB DIMM ECC and non ECC 3 2 GB UATA 4 3 GB Wide Ultra SCSI 9 1 GB Wide Ultra SCSI Wide Ultra SCSI PCI controller 6 4 GB UATA 1 44 MB diskette drive 32x CD ROM drive PS 120 Power Drive Compaq 10 100TX PCI Intel with WOL UTP Netelligent 10 100 TX PCI UTP TLAN 3COM Fast EtherLink XL 10 100TX PCI Compaq Netelligent 56 6 Baud ISA Modem ATI RAGE PRO Turbo AGP card ATI RAGE PRO Turbo AGP 2X card 4 MB SGRAM SODIMM for RAGE PRO AGP 2X card Matrox MGA G100A card Matrox Millennium G200 SD card 8 MB SDRAM SODIMM for Millennium G200 SD card Compaq Deskpro Computers are easily upgraded and enhanced with peripheral devices designed to meet PCI and ISA standards The Compaq Deskpro Personal Computers are compatible with peripherals designed for Plug Play operation Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Person
64. Superset Data 7 5 No of Module Banks On DIMM 62 SPD Revision 7 6 7 Data Width of Module 63 Checksum Bytes 0 62 8 Voltage Interface Standard of DIMM 64 71 JEP 106E ID Code 8 9 Cycletime Max CAS Latency CL 4 72 DIMM OEM Location 8 10 Access From Clock 4 73 90 Part Number 8 11 Config Type Parity Nonparity etc 91 92 OEM s Rev Code 8 12 Refresh Rate Type 14115 93 94 Manufacture Date 8 13 Width Primary DRAM 95 98 OEM s Assembly S N 8 14 Error Checking Data Width 99 125 OEM Specific Data 8 15 Min Clock Delay 6 126 127 Reserved 16 Burst Lengths Supported 128 131 Compag header CPQ1 9 17 No of Banks For Each Mem Device 4 132 Header checksum 9 18 CAS Latencies Supported 4 133 145 Unit serial number 9 10 19 CS Latency 4 146 DIMM ID 9 11 20 Write Latency 4 147 Checksum 9 21 DIMM Attributes 148 255 Reserved 9 22 Memory Device Attributes 23 Min CLK Cycle Time at CL X 1 7 24 Max Acc Time From CL X 1 7 25 Min CLK Cycle Time at CL X 2 7 26 Max Acc Time From CLK 9 CL X 2 7 NOTES 1 Programmed as 128 bytes by the DIMM OEM 2 Must be programmed to 256 bytes 3 High order bit defines redundant addressing if set 1 highest order RAS address must be re sent as highest order CAS t address 4 Refer to memory manufacturer s datasheet 5 MSb is Self Refresh flag If set 1 assembly supports self refresh 6 Back to back random column addresses
65. VDC Maximum Current Draw 2A Operating Temperature 32 F 0 C to 131 F 55 C Compaq Personal Computers E 3 Original April 1998 Appendix E Wide Ultra SCSI Host Adapter E 5 USER GUIDELINES The adapter card follows standard SCSI guidelines in supporting up to SCSI devices using SCSI identification numbers 0 6 ID 7 is reserved for the adapter card Each SCSI device chain must be terminated at both ends NOTE The adapter card includes an external connector and two internal connectors connectors may be in use at the same time However if two or more SCSI hard drives are connected they must all be either internal or external Other SCSI peripherals tape CD ROM drives can be mixed internal and external The device using the external connector must be terminated Table E 3 lists the typical parameter configuration for the SCSI adapter card installed in a system Table E 3 Wide Ultra SCSI Adapter Card Typical Configuration Paramemter Setting SCSI Identification Numbers 0 Hard Drive 1 4 available 5 CD ROM if installed 6 available 7 Adapter Card Parity checking Enabled Adapter SCSI Termination Automatic Boot Device Options Boot Target ID 0 Boot LUN Number 0 SCSI Configuration Boot Device Options Initiate Sync Negotiation Yes Maximum Sync Transfer Rate 40 0 MB s Enable Disconnection Yes Initiate Wide Negotiation Yes Send Start Unit Yes Include BIOS Scan Yes Advanced Conf
66. Value 0000h 0001h 11b 0002h 0003h 0004h 0005h 1b 0006h 0007h 0008h 0009h 11b 000 40 bits all 05 000Bh 40 bits all 05 000Ch 40 bits all 05 000Dh 40 bits all 05 000 000 0010h 30 bits 1 0011h 72 bits 1 0012h 32 bits 1 0013h 640 bits 1 0014h 0015h Hood Lock enabled 0016h 0017h 0018h 0019h 111116 001A 001Ch 1b 1b 1b 001Dh 001E 001Fh 0b 0b 0025h 002061 Back to Back I O Delay 002981 QuickLock after Standby Enable 0b 00997 Network Server Mode Enable 002 0037h APM Fan Throttle 00397 BootMode o NOTE aja E aja a o o o o o o o For full bit definitions refer to the Compaq BIOS Technical Reference Guide Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 8 17 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM 1 Determined at runtime 8 4 10 SECURITY FUNCTIONS The INT 15 AX E846h BIOS function is used to control various security features of the system This function may be issued by a remote system over a network The issuing driver must build a request buffer for each security feature prior to making the call This system supports the following security features QuickLock QuickBlank Diskette drive boot disable Diskette drive write disable IDE controller disable Serial ports disable Parallel port disable Change administrator password QuickLock on suspend Ownership tag
67. a Compaq ASIC that can be set using BIOS call INT 15 AX E829h to block access to the 87307 configuration registers of the following functions Diskette drive Serial port Parallel port In blocking 87307 functions the CM logic monitors ISA I O cycles and can detect through index address matching when an attempt is made to access a function provided by the 87307 If the CM logic has been set to block access then ISA bus signal AEN or IOWC both which the CM logic provides to the 87307 is disabled effectively inhibiting the I O access The USB controller can also be blocked from access by the CM logic In this case the CM logic can be set to block the routing of the REQ GNT signals to the USB controller thereby disabling the interface USER SECURITY When enabled the user is prompted to enter the power on password during POST If an incorrect entry is made the system halts and does not boot The Power On password is stored in eight bytes at configuration memory locations 37h 3Fh These locations are physically located within the 87307 The power on password function can be disabled by setting SW1 position 1 to on closed The administrator password is stored in eight bytes at configuration memory locations 78h 7Fh If the administrator password function 15 enabled the user is prompted to enter the password before running F10 Setup or before booting from a ROMPAQ diskette If an incorrect entry is made the system hal
68. address line fault 1101 14 Port test DRVR RCVR data failure 1101 04 Port test data line fault 1109 01 Clock register initialization failure 1101 05 Port test UART signal failure 1109 02 Clock register rollover failure 1101 06 Port test UART THRE bit failure 1109 03 Clock reset failure 1101 07 Port test UART Dta RDY bit failure 1109 04 Input line or clock failure 1101 08 Port test UART TX RX buffer failure 1109 05 Address line fault 1101 09 Port test interrupt circuit failure 1109 06 Data line fault 1101 10 Port test 1 set to invalid INT 1150 xx Comm port setup error run Setup 1101 11 Port test COM set to invalid INT A 6 Compaq Personal Computers Changed April 1998 Technical Reference Guide MODEM COMMUNICATIONS ERROR MESSAGES 12xx xx Table A 11 Serial Interface Error Messages 1 Local loopback mode 2 Analog loopback originate mode 3 Analog loopback answer mode 4 Modem auto originate test 5 Modem auto answer test 6 Modem direct connect test Changed April 1998 Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 1201 XX Modem internal loopback test 1204 03 Data block retry limit reached 4 1201 01 UART DLAB bit failure 1204 04 RX exceeded carrier lost limit 1201 02 Line input or UART failure 1204 05 TX exceeded carrier lost limit 1201 03 Addre
69. after the button is pressed and held for over four seconds The power button mode is controlled by ROM based Setup through a Compaq ASIC A detailed description of system power control is provided in Chapter 7 Power and Signal Distribution 4 8 8 2 Fan Control The system contains two fans a power supply fan contained within the power supply assembly and a chassis fan mounted in the front of the chassis The operation of both fans involves temperature conditions and energy conservation but different logic is used for each The power supply fan is on during normal operation In sleep mode the power supply fan is normally shut down by software using logic in a Compaq ASIC which asserts a FAN OFF signal routed to the power supply assembly The power supply assembly however includes a temperature sensor that can override the FAN OFF signal if necessary The chassis fan is controlled by the thermister attached to the processor heat sink as well as shut down logic The temperature sensing operation is discussed in section 4 8 5 To conserve energy during sleep mode 82371 port 27 is cleared resulting in the chassis fan being shut down 4 56 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 4 8 8 3 Hard Drive Spindown Control The timeout parameter stored in the SIT record 04h and indexed through CMOS location 2Ah bits lt 4 gt repres
70. and SIT are updated Level 2 During POST the computer s cover has been removed since the last system start up message is displayed time stamps in CMOS and SIT are updated and user is prompted for administrator password NOTE If the user invokes Setup through F10 the administrator password is not requested again Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 55 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support 4 8 8 POWER MANAGEMENT This system provides baseline hardware support of ACPI and APM compliant firmware and software The major power consuming components processor chipset I O controller and fan can be placed into a reduced power mode upon software command either automatically or by user control The system can then be brought back up wake up by events defined by the ACPI specification The ACPI wake up events supported by this system are listed as follows ACPI Wake Up Event System Wakes From Power Button Sleep Soft Off RTC Alarm Sleep Soft Off Wake on LAN w NIC Sleep Soft Off PME Sleep Soft Off Serial port Ring Sleep Soft Off USB Sleep Keyboard Sleep Mouse Sleep 4 8 8 1 Power Button This system uses an ACPI compliant power button that also provides a legacy mode as well In legacy mode the system is alternately powered on or off each time the button is pressed and released In ACPI mode the power supply when on will turn off only
71. and the power supply assembly shuts down this operation is meant as a guard if the OS is hung Pressed and Held At least Four Seconds Before Release If the button is held in for at least four seconds and then released PS On is negated de activating the power supply 7 2 2 2 Power LED Indications Two LEDs are used to indicate system power status The front panel bezel power LED provides a visual indication of three key system conditions listed as follows Power LED Condition Steady On Normal full on operation Blinking 1 Hz Sleep suspend state Blinking 4 Hz Thermal condition processor has overheated and shut down An additional LED is mounted on the system board This LED is connected to the 5 AUX bus and will be on as long as the system unit is connected to live AC power regardless of the status of the PS On signal The AC line cord should always be disconnected and the system board LED should not be illuminated before servicing the unit Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 7 3 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 7 Power Signal Distribution 7 2 2 3 PS On Control Select The assertion of the PS On signal can be controlled through DIP switch SW1 6 as follows SW1 6 Closed on PS On signal is asserted when unit is plugged into a live AC socket and power supply assembly produces all voltages system boots immediately SW1 6 Open off PS On
72. as well as separate audio or other interface cards as well as other general information in tabular format ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SOURCES This guide does not describe in detail other manufacturer s components used in the product covered For more information on individual commercial off the shelf COTS components refer to the indicated manufacturers documentation The products covered by this guide use architecture based on industry standard specifications that can be referenced for detailed information Hardcopy documentation sources The Lotus Intel Microsoft Expanded Memory Specification Ver 4 0 PCI Local Bus Specification Revision 2 1 Online information sources Compaq Computer Corporation http www compag com Intel Corporation http www intel com National Semiconductor Incorporated http www national com Incorporated http www atitech com 999 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 1 1 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 1 Introduction 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 3 1 2 4 1 2 5 NOTATIONAL CONVENTIONS VALUES Hexadecimal values are indicated by the letter h following an alpha numerical value Binary values are indicated by the letter b following a value of ones and zeros Memory addresses expressed as 5555 5555 16 bit segment 16 bit offset can be assumed as a hexadecimal value
73. bank 1 respectively If a succeeding data byte 15 destined for the same location then the address need not be re written Location 388h can be read for FM synthesizer status Table 6 5 lists the FM synthsizer control registers Table 6 5 FM Synthesizer Control Register Mapping Index Bank 0 Function Bank 1 Function 01h Test all Os Test all 0s 02h Timer 1 Not Used 03h Timer 2 Not Used 04h Timer Mask Timer Start 4 Operator Configure 05h Not Used 4 Operator Enable 08h Key Scale KSR Determiner Not Used 20 35h AM Vib EG Type KSR Mult Same as bank 0 40 55h Key Scale Level Tone Level Same as bank 0 60 75h Attack Rate Decay Rate Same as bank 0 80 95h Sustain Level Release Rate Same as bank 0 A0 A8h Frequency Number Same as bank 0 B0 B8h Key On Block Octave Frequency No Same as bank 0 BDh Depth of Block Octave Frequency No Not Used C0 C8h Stereo Left Right Feedback Connection Same as bank 0 EO0 F5h Wave Select Same as bank 0 NOTE Refer to OEM s ES1869 data sheet for detailed registers descriptions Abbreviations AM Amplitude Modulation tremolo Vib Vibrato 6 10 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 6 4 SPECIFICATIONS Table 6 6 Technical Reference Guide Audio Subsystem Specifications Paramemter Sampling Rate Measurement 5 51 KHz to 44 KHz prgmbl Maximum Input Voltage
74. components on the system board Table 2 2 Support Chipsets Component Name Component Type Function PCI Arbitration Controller PAC North Bridge 82443BX Memory Controller Host PCI Bridge PCI ISA IDE eXcelerator PIIX4E South Bridge 82371 PCI ISA Bridge EIDE Controller DMA Controller Interrupt Controller Timer Counter NMI Registers Reset Control Reg USB I F 2 Super I O Controller 87307 Keyboard I F Diskette I F Serial I F Parallel I F RTC CMOS Mem GPIO Ports Clock Generator CY2280 Clock Generator System Security ASIC Compaq ASIC Super I O Security Smart Cover Lock ROM Write Protect Temperature Shutdown SM WOL Interrupts Diskette Write Disable Pwr LED Blink Cntrl PS On sig 2 4 4 MASS STORAGE models include a 3 5 inch 1 44 MB diskette drive installed Either EIDE or SCSI hard drive is also installed depending on model All models include a PCI bus mastering Enhanced IDE EIDE controller that provides two EIDE interfaces supporting up to four IDE devices Models equipped with a SCSI drive include a Wide Ultra SCSI adapter board A 32x CD ROM is included on desktop CDS models and on all MT models Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 2 13 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 2 System Overview 2 4 5 2 4 6 2 4 7 2 4 8 SERIAL AND PARALLEL INTERFACES models include two serial ports and a parallel port acces
75. connected requires an optional 80 conductor cable Pin 34 is used by BIOS for 40 80 conductor cable detection On the 40 conductor cable pin 34 is high 5 VDC On the 80 conductor cable pin 34 is low grounded IDE PROGRAMMING The IDE interface is configured as a PCI device and controlled through standard I O mapped registers Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 5 1 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 2 1 1 IDE Configuration Registers The IDE controller is integrated into the south bridge 82371 component and configured as a PCI device with bus mastering capability The PCI configuration registers for the IDE controller function PCI device 20 function 1 are listed in Table 5 1 Table 5 1 EIDE PCI Configuration Registers 82371 Function 1 00 01h Vender ID 8086h Reserved 02 03h Device ID 7111 40 41h IDE Timing Primary 04 05h PCI Command 0000h 42 48h IDE Timing Secondary 06 07h PCI Status 0000h 44h Slave IDE Timing 08h Revision ID 0Ah 45 47h Reserved 09h Programming 01h 48h UDMA Timing 0Ah Sub Class 01h 49h Reserved OBh Base Class Code 80h 4A 4Bh UDMA Timing Master Latency Timer 0000h 4C F7h Reserved OEh Header Type 80h F8 FBh Manufacturer s ID OF 1Fh Reserved 00h FC FFh Reserved 20 23h BMIDE Base Address 00h x ES NOTE Assume unmarked gaps are reserved and or not
76. discusses interfaces that are controlled through I O mapped registers The I O interfaces are integrated functions of the south bridge 82371 and the I O controller 87307 The following I O interfaces are covered in this chapter Enhanced ID interface 5 2 page 5 1 Diskette drive interface 5 3 page 5 9 Serial interfaces 5 4 page 5 14 Parallel interface 5 5 page 5 20 Keyboard pointing device interface 5 6 page 5 27 Universal serial bus interface 5 7 page 5 34 ENHANCED IDE INTERFACE The enhanced IDE EIDE interface consists of primary and secondary controllers integrated into the south bridge component that can support IDE devices each Devices that may connect to the IDE interface include hard drives CD ROM drives PD CD ROM drives and 120 MB floptical drives Two 40 pin keyed IDE data connectors one for each controller are provided on the system board Each connector can support two devices and can be configured independently for PIO modes 1 4 DMA modes 1 2 or Ultra ATA modes 0 2 In standard configuration an IDE drive is attached to the primary connector and the CD ROM if installed is attached to the secondary connector NOTE With only one device connected to a controller a 40 conductor cable 10 inches or shorter will allow UATA mode 2 operation Two devices on the same 40 pin 10 cable will limit operation to UATA mode 1 25 5 For a controller to provide mode 2 operation with two devices
77. equalizer designed to work with the chassis acoustics A low distortion 5 watt amplifier drives a long excursion speaker for optimum sound The audio subsystem 15 compatible with software written for industry common sound hardware 2 14 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 2 5 Technical Reference Guide SPECIFICATIONS This section includes the environmental electrical and physical specifications for the Compaq DESKPRO EN Series Personal Computers Table 2 4 Environmental Specifications Parameter Operating Nonoperating Air Temperature 50710 95 F 10 to 35 C 24 to 140 30 to 60 C Shock N A 60 0 g for 2 ms half sine pulse Vibration 0 0002159 2 hz 10 300 Hz 1 0 0005g 2 Hz 10 500 Hz 1 Humidity 90 RH 36 C no hard drive 95 RH 36 C Maximum Altitude 10 000 ft 3048 m 30 000 ft 9 144 m NOTE Values are subject to change without notice 1 0 5 grms nominal Table 2 5 Electrical Specifications Parameter U S International Input Line Voltage Nominal 110 120 200 240 90 132 180 264 Input Line Frequency Range Nominal 50 60 Hz 50 60 Hz Maximum 47 63 2 47 63 2 Maximum Continuous Power 200 watts 200 watts Maximum Peak Power 200 watts 200 watts Maximum Line Current Draw 5 5A 3 0A Table 2 6 Physical Sp
78. in the audio subsystem Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 6 9 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September1998 Chapter 6 Audio Subsystem The Extended Mode registers are listed in Table 6 4 Like the compatibility registers listed previously these registers are accessed by writing the index value to I O port 2n4h and reading the value from or writing the value to I O port 2n5h Extended mode offers better performance by providing more precise higher bit resolution control of audio levels and more control of audio processing Table 6 4 Extended Mode Audio Mixer Control Register Mapping Index Function Index Function 14h Voice Volume 60 62h Master Volume Left Right 1Ah Mic Volume 64h Master Volume Control 1Ch ADC recording Source 66h Volume Int Req Clear 1Eh Stereo Mono Switch 74h DMA Transfer 2 Count Reload Low 32h Master Volume 76h DMA Transfer 2 Count Reload Hi 36h FM Volume 78h 2 DMA Control 1 38h CD Volume 7Ah 2 DMA Control 2 3Eh Line Volume 7Eh Test Register NOTE Refer to OEM s ES1869 data sheet for detailed registers descriptions 6 3 2 2 FM Synthesis Control The FM synthesis logic is typically mapped at 388h 38Bh A total of 243 registers in two banks are available Accessing the registers is accomplished by first writing the index to register 388h for bank 0 or 38Ah for bank 1 followed by writing the data to either 389h or 38Bh for bank 0 or
79. s Line In or Record In jacks to an amplifier s Line In jacks or to powered computer speakers that contain amplifiers Plugging into the Line Out mutes the internal speaker Mic In This input uses a three conductor stereo mini jack that is specifically designed for connecting a condenser microphone with an impedance of 1 K ohms This is the default recording input after a system reset Headphone Out This output uses a three conductor stereo mini jack for connecting a pair of stereo headphones with a minimum impedance of 16 ohms This jack can also be used to connect a pair of un powered or powered speakers of the type designed to be used with portable radio cassette CD players Using this connector defeats mutes the internal speaker and Line Out signals 6 2 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Headphones Out Equalizer Circuit P6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 i gt Power 1 1 1 1 1 1 V9 gt Line In e t ES1869 Mute Audio Splitter Controller Backplane CD Audio L Connector NA Line P o Out 82371 Beep Audio North Bridge 5 Figure 6 1 Audio Subsystem Block Diagram Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 6 3 Desktop and Minitower Form Fa
80. signal asserted by pressed power button 7 2 2 4 Wake Up Events The PS On signal can also be activated with a power wake up of the system due to the occurrence of a magic packet serial port ring or PCI power management PME event These events can be individually enabled by the Setup utility through the GPIO of the system security ASIC to wake up the system from a sleep low power state The wake up sequence for each event occurs as follows Wake On LAN WOL If a compliant network interface controller is installed and enabled for remote wake up reception of a Magic Packet results in the assertion of the high R MPKT pulse signal received through the WOL header P9 to the power control logic which will assert PS On Note that the NIC adapter must be able to draw five volts power from header P9 during the system sleep state Modem Ring A ring indication on serial port A COMI will if enabled be detected by the power control logic and cause the PS On signal to be asserted PME Event power management event that asserts the PME signal on the PCI bus can be enabled to cause the power control logic to generate the PS On signal Note that the PCI card must have a second source of power to operate during the system unit s sleep state 7 4 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 7 3 POWER DISTRIBUTION 7 3 4
81. the Compaq Diagnostics or Compaq Insight utility 3 2 2 2 Processor Speed Selection Changing the processor may require re configuration of the bus core frequency ratio The system board includes a six position DIP switch SW of which positions 2 5 are read by the processor while RESET is active to select the bus to core frequency ratio Table 3 2 shows the possible switch configurations for this system and the resultant core or processing frequency based on the front side bus FSB or Host bus frequency Table 3 2 Bus Core Speed Switch Settings DIP SW1 Settings Bus Core Core Frequency 2345 1 Freq Ratio w 66 MHz FSB w 100 MHz FSB 1000 1 8 1100 2 7 350 0010 1 4 266 400 0110 2 9 300 450 1010 1 5 333 NOTES Shipping configurations are unshaded 1 0 Switch Closed On 1 Switch Open The DIP switch settings should be set to match the processor installed Configuring for a speed higher than that which the processor is designed could result in unreliable operation and possible system damage The processor sets the clock generator to the appropriate bus frequency Software can determine the operating speed by reading the bus speed from an MSR register in the processor Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 3 5 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 3 Processor Memory Subsystem 3 2 3 SYSTEM MEMORY The system board contains three 168 pin DI
82. unless otherwise noted NA Not applicable 1 Shift left key 2 3 Alt key active 4 5 is active Ctrl key active Left Shift key active For active right Shift key substitute AA 2A make break codes for B6 36 codes Left Shift key active For active right Shift key substitute FO 12 12 make break codes for F0 59 59 codes Num Lock key active 7 Windows keyboards only C 12 Compaq Personal Computers Changed April 1998 Technical Reference Guide Appendix D COMPAQ 10 100 TX PCI INTEL WOL UTP CONTROLLER CARD D 1 INTRODUCTION This appendix describes the Compaq 10 100 TX PCI Intel WOL Controller card 323550 001 Key features of this card include Intel 82558 Fast LAN controller with 32 bit architecture and 3 KB TX RX buffers Dual mode support with auto switching between IOBASE T 100BASE TX PHY Power down and Wake up support in both APM and ACPI environments PME and WOL LED indicators for link activity and speed status LanDesk Service Agent LSA ver 2 0 boot code contained in on board flash memory 9999 The card installs into a PCI slot and provides Wake On LAN WOL support This appendix covers the following subjects Functional description 0 2 page D 2 Configuration control D 3 page D 5 RJ 45 connector D 4 page D 5 Specifications D 5 page D 5 999 WOL Header RJ 45 Connector
83. used to enable and disable features of the interface Sector Count Register I O Port 1F2h 172h This register defines either the number of sectors of data to be read or written the number of sectors per track for format commands If the value in this register is zero a count of 256 sectors is specified The sector count is decremented as each sector is accessed so that the value indicates the number of sectors left to access when an error occurs in a multi sector operation During the Initialize Drive Parameters command this register contains the number of sectors per track Sector Number Register I O Port 1F3h 173h The Sector Number register contains the starting sector number for a hard drive access Cylinder Low Cylinder High Registers I O Port 1F4h 1F5h 174h 175h These registers contain the starting cylinder number for each hard drive access The three most significant bits of the value are held in byte address 1F5h bits lt 2 0 gt while the remaining bits held in location 1F4h 5 4 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Drive Select Head Register I O Port 1F6h 176h Function Sector Size 00 Reserved 01 512 bytes sector 10 11 Reserved Drive Select 0 Drive 1 1 Drive 2 Head Select Number 0000 0 1000 8 0001 1 1001 29 0010 2 1010 10 0011 3 1011 11 0100 4 110
84. used to qualify the control and data signals Each 4 byte data transfer is synchronous with one CLK cycle so it takes two CLK cycles for a minimum 8 byte transfer Figure 4 5 shows two 8 byte transfers The GNT and TRDY signals retain their traditional PCI functions The STO 3 signals are used for priority encoding with 000 for low priority and 001 indicating high priority CLK presen cy sexe un see L GNT TRDY N ST0 2 x 00x X XXX X XXX b XXX X XXX x XXX x Figure 4 5 Data Transfer Peak Transfer Rate 266 MB s 4 12 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide AGP 2X Transfers In AGP 2X transfers clocking is basically the same as in 1X transfers except that the 66 MHz CLK signal is used to qualify only the control signals The data bytes are latched by an additional strobe STBx signal so that an 8 byte transfer occurs one CLK cycle Figure 4 6 The first four bytes DnA are latched by the receiving agent on the falling edge of AD STBx and the second four bytes DnB are latched on the rising edge of AD STBx AD T Lsdacseaeso pon poe pan NEN os eee K Figure 4 6 AGP 2X Data Transfer Peak Transfer Rate 532 MB s Compaq Deskpro EN Se
85. 0 12 0101 5 1101 13 0110 6 1110 14 0111 7 1111 15 Setting bit 4 to 1 when Drive 2 is not present may cause remaining controller registers to not respond until Drive 1 is selected again Status Register I O Port 1F7h 177h Read Only The contents of this register are updated at the completion of each command If the Busy bit is set no other bits are valid Reading this register clears the IRQ14 interrupt 7 5 3 2 1 Bit 7 6 5 ue 1 Controller Busy If set controller is executing a command READY Signal Active if set WRITE FAULT Signal Active if set SEEK COMPLETE Signal Active if set length data transfer Bit should be verified before each transfer Correctable Data Error Flag If set data error has occurred and has been corrected INDEX Signal Active if set Error Detected When set indicates error has occurred Other bits in register should be checked to determine error source NOTE Register status of an error condition does not change until register is read The alternate Status register at location 3F6h holds the same status data as location 1F7h but does not clear hardware conditions when read Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 5 5 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces Command Register I O Port 1F7h 177h Write Only The IDE controller commands are written to this
86. 00000000000000000000 8 4 PNP BIOS eNIRERENSINIREREREIAN RIDGE TIPP ier ier 8 19 BIOS FUNCTIONS INT 15 nn nennen nennen nennen enne nnne 8 23 POWER ON MESSAGES UNT dob vous cee bates Wt exe 1 BEEP KEYBOARD LED 1 POWER ON SELF TEST POST 55 6 999929 A 2 PROCESSOR ERROR MESSAGES ssccccccecsssseeeccccecccsescecccceeecaaeeceeccceeeesuanseeeeceessseuaeeeeeeaas A 3 MEMORY ERROR A 4 KEYBOARD ERROR 5 4 PRINTER ERROR A 5 VIDEO GRAPHICS ERROR MESSAGES 99922 A 5 DISKETTE DRIVE ERROR 655 5 2 4 02 6000000000000000001 000 9 6 SERIAL INTERFACE ERROR 6 SERIAL INTERFACE ERROR 55 56 0 0000 000000000000000000000 7 HARD DRIVE ERROR 55 5 1102020 000 0 000000200000000000000000000 A 8 HARD DRIVE ERROR MESSAGES 9 HARD DRIVE MESSAGES ssscccccccccesssscccccceecausseeeccccessaueeeccceeeseauuseecceeseeeuunsceeeeaaaannes A 9 AUDIO ERROR 55 85 411222222 600000000000 000 10 NETWORK
87. 1 4 3 2 AGP CONFIGURA FION DR ERRORI RE 4 14 4 3 3 AGP CONNECTOR des 4 15 4 4 4 16 4 41 es ess rath Hebets ees 4 17 442 ISA BUS TRANSACTIONS aae pn epe nee DRE 4 18 4 4 3 DIRECT MEMORY ACC SS idit ede ee nieder 4 20 4 4 4 INTERRUPIS nori PER RUD READS 4 23 4 4 5 3 3 2 3 02 HIRED HERE AR HERE EE 4 27 4 4 6 pedet e 4 27 4 5 SYSTEM CLOCK 4 28 4 6 REAL TIME CLOCK AND CONFIGURATION MEMORY eene 4 29 47 VO MAP AND REGISTER 5 51 4 46 4 7 1 SYSTEM VO eo er dd ede gehe 4 46 4 7 2 GPIO UTIEIZA TION epe pena edet eie 4 47 48 SYSTEM MANAGEMENT SUPPORT 4 5 4 8 1 FLASH ROM WRITE PROTECT 22 2 2200 2 1 00 000000000 eno aas ennt dn 4 52 4 8 2 PASSWORD PROTECTIONS ss 5 I point peni pedet eR 4 52 4 8 3 UO SECURLEY UELLE 4 53 4 8 4 USER SECURITY 4 53 4 8 5
88. 1 PS 2 keyboard only Compaq Personal Computers A 1 Changed April 1998 Appendix Error Messages Codes 4 2 POWER ON SELF TEST POST MESSAGES Table A 3 Power On Self Test POST Messages Error Message Probable Cause Bad PnP Serial ID Checksum Serial ID checksum of PnP card was invalid Address Lines Short Error in address decoding circuitry on system board Cache Memory Failure Do Not Enable Cache Defective cache memory CPU has failed CMOS Battery Failed Low RTC CMOS battery CMOS Checksum Invalid Previous and current checksum value mismatch CMOS System Options Not Set Corrupt or non existant CMOS values CMOS Display Type Mismatch Graphics video type in CMOS does not match type detected by BIOS CMOS Memory Size Mismatch Memory amount detected does not match value stored in CMOS CMOS Time and Date Not Set Time and date are invalid Diskette Boot Failure Boot disk in drive A is corrupt DMA Bus Timeout Bus driven by device for more than 7 8 us DMA Controller Error Error in one or both DMA controllers Drive Not Ready Error BIOS cannot access the diskette drive Diskette Drive Controller Failure BIOS cannot communicate with diskette drive controller Diskette Drive Controller Resource Conflict Diskette drive controller has requested a resource already in use Diskette Drive A Fa
89. 11 GND Ground Y11 HSYNC Horizontal Sync 212 SCL Serial Clock Y12 VSYNC Vertical Sync 213 Y13 GND Ground NOTE VESA standard interface is unshaded F 8 Compaq Personal Computers Original April 1998 INDEX 3D effects F 2 87307 controller 4 49 abbreviations 1 3 Accelerated Graphics Port AGP 4 11 ACPI D 4 acronyms 1 3 administrator password 4 52 4 53 AGP 4 11 AGP bus 2 10 analog to digital converter ADC 6 4 APM D 4 APM BIOS functions 8 23 APM BIOS support 8 22 architecture system 2 10 ASCII character set B 1 AT attachment ATA 5 3 audio subsystem 2 14 6 1 backplane 2 6 battery replacement 4 29 BIOS ROM 2 13 BIOS upgrading 3 5 8 24 BIOS ROM 8 1 Black Box logic 4 52 boot block ROM 8 2 cache L1 L2 2 13 cartridge SEC 2 12 Celeron processor 2 12 3 4 chipsets support 2 13 clock distribution 4 28 CMOS 4 29 CMOS clearing 4 30 configuration ISA 4 27 Configuration Cycle 4 6 configuration memory 4 29 Connector AGP bus 4 15 AMC multimedia VESA F 8 Audio CD 6 3 Audio Headphone Out 6 2 Audio Line In 6 2 Audio Line Out 6 2 Audio Mic In 6 2 Audio Speaker 6 3 diskette drive interface 5 13 display VGA monitor F 7 IDE interface 5 8 IDE diskette drive power 7 5 ISA bus 4 17 keyboard pointing device interface 5 33 parallel interface 5 26 PCI bus 4 3 RJ 45 D 5 serial interface RS 232 5 14 Ultra SCSI 50 pin E 5 Universal Se
90. 2 01 Drive 1 11 Drive 3 Drive Control Register I O Port 3F2h 372h Write Only 7 6 5 Drive 2 Motor 0 1 Bit 7 6 Reserved Drive 1 Motor 0 Off 1 p Interrupt DMA Enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Controller Enable 0 Reset controller 1 Enable controller 1 0 Drive Select 00 Drive 1 01 Drive 2 10 Reserved 11 Tape drive Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 5 11 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces Main Status Register I O Port 3F4h 374h Read Only Request for Master When set indicates the controller is ready to send or receive data from the CPU Cleared immediately after a byte transfer Indicates interrupt pin status during non DMA phase Data Direction 0 Expecting a write 1 Expecting a read Command In Progress When set indicates that first byte of command phase has been received Cleared when last byte in result phase is read Drive Busy Indicators Bit is set after the last byte of the command phase of a seek or recalibrate command is given by the corresponding drive 3 Drive 3 2 Drive 2 1 Drive 1 0 Drive 0 Data Register I O Port 3F5h 375h Data commands are written to and data and status bytes are read from this register Data Transfer Rate Register I O Port 3F7h 377h Write Only oftware Reset ow Power Mode if set Reserved 4 2 Write
91. 2 13 COMMON ACRONYMS AND 65 2 01 1 3 CHAPTER 2 SYSTEM 21 2 1 INTRODUCGATION 5 rnit eer eret e te eet ter tee ete ree te te porte E e Doer 2 1 2 2 FEATURES AND OPTIONS icio eie e PE IR 2 2 2 2 1 STANDARD FEATURES cs e te d exe te nen 2 2 2 2 2 OPTIONS diodes 2 3 2 3 DESIGN e epit prete 2 4 2 3 1 CABINET LAYOUTS inde niu heh em ee 2 4 2 3 2 CHASSIS EAYXOUTS etie tete tte ete tesi listens eee tee e ete ae te e Te negat 2 6 2 3 3 2 8 2 4 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE niente ete ener terret ete derer 2 10 2 4 1 PROCESSOR Aui HIR RI RIETI RR 2 12 2 4 2 SYSTEM MEMOBNY 52 tette t eee t eerte eo eet iet ere t e 2 13 2 4 3 SUPPORT CHIPSET dei gout deteeudiemdeue 2 13 2 4 4 MASS STORAGE eite en eee egest ee ie reprae p Ebro ES 2 13 2 4 5 SERIAL AND PARALLEL INTERFACES 2 14 2 4 6 UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS INTERFACE eere eee nene 2 14 2 4 7 GRAPHICS SUBSYSTEM DE dete gies 2 14 2 4 8 AUDIO SUBSYSTEM ederet eee de eret fete regere eed e een 2 14 22 SPECIFICATION S 5 i
92. 2 KB 10 256 KB 11 Invalid Internal Compaq Memory 00000 None 00001 512 KB 00010 1 MB 00011 1 5 MB 11111 15 5 MB Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 35 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support Configuration Byte 29h Miscellaneous Configuration Data Default Value 00h 7 5 Primary Hard Drive Enable IDE Controllers 0 Disable 1 Enable Configuration Byte 2Ah Hard Drive Timeout Default Value 02h BR Reseved 1 4 0 Hard Drive Timeout 00000 Disabled 00001 1 minute 00010 2 minutes 10101 21 minutes Configuration Byte 2Bh System Inactivity Timeout Default Value 23h Function 24 Power Conservation Boot 00 Reserved 01 PC on 10 PC off 11 Reserved System Inactive Timeout Index to SIT system timeout record 00000 Disabled Configuration Byte 2Ch ScreenSave and NUMLOCK Control Default Value 00h Numlock Control 0 Numlock off at power on 1 Numlock on at power Screen Blank Control 0 No screen blank 1 Screen blank w QuickLock ScreenSave Timeout Index to SIT monitor timeout record 000000 Disabled 4 36 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Configuration Byte 2Dh Additional Flags Default Value 00h Function 7 5 4 Memory Test 0 T
93. 2 xxx Range Min Current Max Surge Max Parameter Tolerance Loading 1 Current Current 2 Ripple Input Line Voltage 110 VAC Setting 90 132 VAC 220 VAC Setting 180 264 VAC zs Line Frequency 47 63 Hz B Steady State Input Current 5 50 A 3 3 VDC Output 1 1 40 A 10 0 A 10 0 A 50 mV 5 VDC Output 5 1 40 25 0A 25 0A 50 mV 5 VDC Output 10 96 0 00A 0 15A 0 15A 100 mV 5 AUX Output 5 0 10A 2 00A 2 00A 50 mV 12 VDC Output 596 0 07 A 4 50A 7 00A 120 mV 12 VDC Output 10 0 00A 0 15A 0 15A 200 mV NOTES 1 Minimum loading requirements must be met at all times to ensure normal operation and specification compliance 2 Surge duration no longer than 10 seconds and 12 tolerance 10 The power supply assembly contains a fan that can be shut down by the Fan Off signal which is asserted from the system board logic during sleep suspend states The power supply can override the Fan Off signal if the temperature in the power supply assembly is too high 7 2 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 7 2 2 POWER CONTROL The power supply assembly is controlled digitally by the PS On signal Figure 6 1 When PS On 15 asserted the Power Supply Assembly is activated and all voltage outputs 3 VDC 5 AUX 5 VDC 12 VDC are produced
94. 3 accessed using the indexed method through I O ports 0C50h index and 0 5 Data Table 4 23 System Management Control Registers Index Function 00h Identification 02h Temperature Status Clear 03h Temperature Interrupt SMI Enable 05h Power On LED Blink Control 12h General Purpose Open Collector GPOC Bits 13h Secured GPOC Bits 20h Power Button Control 21h SMI SCI Source 22h SMI SCI Mapping 30h REQ GNT Control 80h Super Security Control 81h Super Index Address Low 82h Super Index Address High 83h Super Index Data 84h Super I O Data Address Low 85h Super Data Address High 86h Super Write Block 0 87h Super Write Block 1 88h Super Write Block 2 89h Super Write Block The following subsections describe the system management functions Any BIOS interaction required of these functions is described in Chapter 8 BIOS or in the Compaq BIOS Technical Reference Guide Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 51 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support 4 8 1 FLASH ROM WRITE PROTECT The system BIOS firmware is contained in a flash ROM device that can be re written with updated code if necessary The ROM is write protected with a Black Box security feature The Black Box feature uses the Administrator password to protect against unauthorized writes to th
95. 307 into PnP motherboard mode The integrated logical devices are listed as follows Table 4 22 lists the PnP standard control registers for the 87307 Table 4 22 87307 Controller PnP Standard Control Registers Index Function Reset Value 00h Set DATA Port 00h 01h Serial Isolation 02h Configuration Control 03h Wake CSN 00h 04h Resource Data 05h Status 06h Card Select Number CSN 00h 07h Logical Device Select 00h 00h 8042 Controller Keyboard I F 01h 8042 Controller Mouse I F 02h RTC APC Configuration 03h Diskette Controller 04h Parallel Port 05h UART 2 Serial Port IrDA 06h UART 1 Serial Port A 07h GPIO Ports 08h Power Management 20h Super ID Register SID 0 21h SIO Configuration 1 Register 16h 22h SIO Configuration 1 Register 02h 23h Programmable Chip Select Configuration Index 00h 24h Programmable Chip Select Configuration Data 00h NOTE For a detailed description of registers refer to appropriate National documentation The configuration registers are accessed by writing the appropriate logical device s number to index 07h and writing the desired offset to the index register The data is then either written to or read from the data register Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 49 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support 87307 GPIO Utilization The 87307
96. 377h Drive Address R 3F7h 377h n a for hard drive The following paragraphs describe the IDE control registers Data Register I O Port 1F0h 170h This register is used for transferring all data to and from the hard drive controller This register is also used for transferring the sector table during format commands transfers are high speed 16 bit I O operation except for Error Correction Code ECC bytes during Read Write Long commands Error Register I O Port 1F1h 171h Read Only The Error register contains error status from the last command executed by the hard drive controller The contents of this register are valid when the following conditions exist Error bit is set in the Status register Hard drive controller has completed execution of its internal diagnostics Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 5 3 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces The contents of the Error register are interpreted as a diagnostic status byte after the execution of a diagnostic command or when the system is initialized Bad Block Mark Detected in Requested Sector ID Field if set Non correctable Data Error if set Reserved Bit 6 Status or Invalid Command Code if set 0 Data Address Mark Not Found After Correct ID Field if set Set Features Register Port 1F1h 171h Write Only This register is command specific and may be
97. 4 20 82371 South Bridge General Purpose Input Port Utilization Function GPI 0 IOCHK function for ISA bus GPI 1 SCl event status GPI 2 5 Not used GPI 6 Interrupt IRQ8 for RTC 87307 I O controller GPI 7 Not used GPI 8 Magic packet SMI event status When read low magic packet has occurred GPI 9 Not used GPI 10 Wakeup w IRQ12 Will in 51 state be high if an IRQ12 mouse interrupt occurred GPI 11 Not used GPI 12 Wake up w IRQ1 Will 51 state be high if IRQ1 keyboard interrupt occurred GPI 13 PME status GPI 14 15 Backplane revision bits lt 0 1 gt GPI 16 Not used GPI 17 Primary IDE cable type 0 80 pin cable attached 1 40 pin cable attached GPI 18 Secondary IDE cable type 0 80 pin cable attached 1 40 pin cable attached GPI 19 Chassis fan status 0 fan not connected 1 fan connected GPI 20 Processor thermal caution status 0 not occurred 1 occurred GPI 21 Themal sensor 0 diode connected 1 diode not connected Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 47 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support Table 4 21 82371 South Bridge General Purpose Output Port Utilization GP Output Function 0 PCI reset When low will generate a PCI RST to PCI slots
98. 4 System Support 4 3 1 1 Data Request Requesting data 1s accomplished in one of two ways either multiplexed addressing using the AD lines for addressing data or demultiplexed sideband addressing using the SBA lines for addressing only and the AD lines for data only Even though there are only eight SBA lines as opposed to the 32 AD lines sideband addressing maximizes efficiency and throughput by allowing the AD lines to be exclusively used for data transfers Sideband addressing occurs at the same rate 1X or 2X as data transfers The differences in rates will be discussed in the next section describing data transfers Note also that sideband addressing is limited to 48 bits address bits 48 63 are assumed zero The north bridge supports both SBA and AD addressing methods and all three data transfer rates but the method and rate is selected by the AGP graphics adapter 4 3 1 2 Data Transfers Data transfers use the AD lines and occur as the result of data requests described previously Each transaction resulting from a request involves at least eight bytes requiring the 32 AD lines to handle at least two transfers per request The 443BX supports two transfer rates 1X and 2X Regardless of the rate used the speed of the bus clock is constant at 66 MHz The following subsections describe how the use of additional strobe signals makes possible higher transfer rates AGP 1X Transfers In AGP 1X transfers the 66 MHz CLK signal is
99. 50 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 NOTES B 2 Compaq Personal Computers 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 8A 8B 8C 8D 8E 8F 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 9A 9B 9C 9D Q xh ome Dp pp hH 05 0 0 0 Qe 0 0 Om KD 7 C 224 EO 225 E1 226 E2 227 ES 228 E4 229 E5 230 E6 231 E7 232 E8 233 E9 234 EA 235 EB 236 EC 237 ED 238 EE 239 EF 240 FO 241 F1 242 F2 243 F3 244 F4 245 F5 246 F6 247 F7 248 F8 249 F9 250 FA 251 FB 252 FC 253 FD 1 Symbol not displayed Keystroke Guide Dec Keystroke s 0 Ctrl 2 1 26 Ctrl A thru Z respectively 27 Ctrl 28 Ctrl 29 Ctrl 30 Ctrl 6 31 Ctrl 32 Space Bar 33 43 Shift and key w corresponding symbol 44 47 Key w corresponding symbol 48 57 Key w corresponding symbol numerical keypad w Num Lock active 58 Shift and key w corresponding symbol 59 Key w corresponding symbol 60 Shift and key w corresponding symbol 61 Key w corresponding symbol 62 64 Shift and key w corresponding symbol 65 90 Shift and key w corresponding symbol or key w corresponding symbol and Caps Lock active 91 93 Key w corresponding symbol 94 95 Shift and key w corresponding symbol 96 Key w corresponding symbol 97 126 Key w corresponding symbol or Shift and key w corresponding symbol and Caps Lock active 127 Ctrl 128 255 Alt and decimal digit s of desired character Original July 1996 Tec
100. 6 A6 4B FO 4B 4 4B 69 27 7 4 0 4 4 0 4 70 i 28 A8 52 F0 52 52 F0 52 71 Enter 1C 9C 72 4 4B CB 6 6B FO 6B 6 6B na 6 73 5 4C CC 6 73 0 73 6 73 na 6 74 6 4D CD 6 74 0 74 6 74 na 6 75 Shift left 2A AA 12 F0 12 12 0 12 76 2 2 1A F0 1A 1A F0 1A 77 X 2D AD 22 F0 22 22 F0 22 78 C 2E AE 21 0 21 21 0 21 79 V 2F AF 2 2A 2A F0 2A 80 B 30 0 32 0 32 32 0 32 Continued x Notes listed at end of table Compaq Personal Computers 11 Change April 1998 Appendix Keyboard Table C 2 Keyboard Scan Codes Continued Key Make Break Codes Hex Pos Legend Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 81 N 31 B1 31 31 82 M 32 B2 83 j 33 B3 41 0 41 41 0 41 84 34 B4 49 0 49 49 0 49 85 35 B5 4A F0 4A 4A F0 4A 86 Shift right 36 B6 59 F0 59 59 F0 59 87 48 0 C8 75 E0 FO 75 63 0 63 AA EO 48 0 EO 2A 4 FO 12 EO 75 0 75 EO 12 5 2A EO 48 0 C8 EO AA 6 12 75 0 FO 75 EO 12 6 88 1 4F CF 6 69 0 69 6 69 na 6 89 2 50 DO 6 72 0 72 6 72 na 6 90 3 51 D1 6 7A FO 7A 6 7A na 6 91 Enter 1C E0 9C 79 0 79 6 92 Ctrl 1D 9D 14 0 14 11 FO 11 93 Alt left 38 B8 11 FO 11 19 0 19 94 Space 39 B9 29 0 29 29 0 29 95
101. 6h gp osn fT 1 Offset from byte 00h of timeout record 02h Timeout Counter Record Hard Drive SIT Record 04h ich jlasVaue o Record ID for Hard Drive Timeout 0 No 0 1 Offset from byte 00 of timeout record 02h Security Record SIT Record 05h Record ID of Data Bytes in Record NVRAM HD Lock QuickLock QuickBlank FD Boot PWR Pwd Diskette Drive Fnct Password Functions Virus Detect Serial Parallel Cntrl FD Drive Cntl Stby Password Locking Ownership Tag Length 1 Determined by system at runtime Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 8 7 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM Processor Memory Cache Record SIT Record 06h Value NOTE 1 Determined by system at runtime 8 8 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Peripheral and Input Device Record SIT Record 07h Value Partition 101 Keyboard Erase Eaze Kybd Support in ROM El Torito CD Boot Support QuickBoot ROM Functions 16h 00h 17h 1 1 18h ATAPI Device Information Logical Devices 3 amp 4 19h 00 1Ah Oth 1Bh Oth 1Ch 1Dh 1 1Eh 1Fh 1 20h 21h 1 22h 23h 1 25h n a NOTE em 1 Determined at run time Compaq Deskpro EN Series
102. 74h DMA Channel Select R W 04h 04h 75h Report DMA Assignment RO 04h 04h FOh Configuration Data 1 R W na NOTES 1 Keyboard I F only 2 Keyboard I F Mouse I F Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 5 29 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 6 3 2 8042 Control The BIOS function INT 16 is typically used for controlling interaction with the keyboard Sub functions of INT 16 conduct the basic routines of handling keyboard data 1 translating the keyboard s scan codes into ASCII codes The keyboard pointing device interface is accessed by the CPU through I O mapped ports 60h and 64h which provide the following functions Output buffer reads Input buffer writes Status reads Command writes Ports 60h and 64h can be accessed using the IN instruction for a read and the OUT instruction for a write Prior to reading data from port 60h the Output Buffer Full status bit 64h bit 0 should be checked to ensure data is available Likewise before writing a command or data the Input Buffer Empty status bit 64h bit 1 should also be checked to ensure space 15 available Port 60h I O port 60h is used for accessing the input and output buffers This register is used to send and receive data from the keyboard and the pointing device This register is also used to send the second byte of multi byte commands to the 8042 a
103. 84 DESKTOP MANAGEMENT SUPPORT 8 4 8 4 1 SYSTEM ID 2 Reihe UR as 8 6 8 4 2 SYSTEM INFORMATION 8 6 8 4 3 E 8 13 8 4 4 DRIVE FAULT PREDICTION bo 8 13 8 4 5 SYSTEM MAP REVRIEV AL 8 14 8 4 6 FLASH ROM FUNCTIONS 8 15 8 4 7 POWER BUTTON FUNCTIONS 8 15 8 4 8 ACCESSING CMOS eee fette preste eet eet ee eet eter exe Pvt eere eene 8 16 8 4 0 ACCESSING CMOS FEATURE BITS eene eene nre 8 16 3 4 10 SECURILY FUNCTIONS tete tr Re t tee ete tee ete e eer 8 18 55 PNP SUPPORT o eee 8 19 8 5 1 SMBIOS 8 20 8 6 POWER MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS 20 1 0 00 000000000000 8 21 8 6 1 INDEPENDENT PM 8 21 8 6 2 ACPI SUPPORT 8 21 8 6 3 APM SUPPORT eri eee 8 22 87 JUSB LEGACY SUPPORTI UNE IRINRIMITEE 8 24 88 BIOS UPGRADING ai treten tee eet tet eee e RR ELE 8 24 APPENDIX ERROR MESSAGES AND 1 eene neonato aetas sonata INTRODUCTION
104. A shadow RAM test failed 2403 01 Video attribute test failed 2419 01 EGA ROM test failed 2404 01 Video character set test failed 2420 01 attribute test failed 2405 01 80x25 mode 9x14 cell test failed 2421 01 640x200 mode test failed 2406 01 80x25 mode 8x8 cell test failed 2422 01 640x350 16 color set test failed 2407 01 40x25 mode test failed 2423 01 640x350 64 color set test failed 2408 01 320x200 mode color set 0 test failed 2424 01 EGA Mono text mode test failed 2409 01 320x200 mode color set 1 test failed 2425 01 EGA Mono graphics mode test failed 2410 01 640x200 mode test failed 2431 01 640x480 graphics mode test failed 2411 01 Screen memory page test failed 2432 01 320x200 256 color set test failed 2412 01 Gray scale test failed 2448 01 Advanced controller test failed 2414 01 White screen test failed 2451 01 132 column test failed 2416 01 Noise pattern test failed 2456 01 256 color test failed 2417 01 Lightpen text test failed no response 2458 xx AVGA test failed 2417 02 Lightpen text test failed invalid response 2468 xx DAC test failed 2417 03 Lightpen graphics test failed no resp 2477 data path test failed 2417 04 Lightpen graphics test failed invalid resp 2478 xx AVGA test failed 2418 01 EGA memory test failed 2480 xx AVGA linedraw test failed Changed April 1998 Compaq Personal Computers 9 Appendix Error Mess
105. ASCII CHARACTER 6 2 4 014 4 46 1 1 eene enean satus sonas INTRODUCTIONS nter ti ee e rer edere ee He e rre ee ege edem re peres B 1 vi Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September1998 Technical Reference Guide APPENDIX C KEYBOARD eese eene eene tastes tasto aetas stas sense enata setas sense ense Ci e Dore ee a de C 1 2 KEYSTROKE PROCESSING asssc5 ecnbsai een ror erre Pen eH e ee ORE KarS ES KEPED ERRORES ERR ERR C 2 C 2 1 TRANSMISSIONS TO THE SYSTEM C 3 C22 KEYBOARD LAYOUTS dee hebt i tc i ti eee eaa C 4 C 2 3 e C 6 C 2 4 KEYBOARD COMMANDS annie trei E i Heres C 9 C 2 5 SCAN CODES Pp C 9 APPENDIX D COMPAQ 10 100 TX PCI INTEL WOL CONTROLLER CARD Di INTRODUCTION eiiie 2 BIRD eb EL D 1 D2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION 2 eno tpe tuto roto o ARE ORE ERE ARE eS Ra es D 2 D 2 1 STATUS INDICATORS etre tene drerit D 2 Di 2 CARD POWER AND CLOCK nineio oasian ete rettet ete reete te ree eee arte ro ire S D 3 D 2 3 82558 CONTROLLER D 3 0 24 POWER MANAGEMENT 5 D 4 Dj CONFIGURATION
106. B s Automatic generation of addresses and strobes as well as Run Length Encoding RLE decompression is supported by ECP mode The ECP mode includes a bi directional FIFO buffer that can be accessed by the CPU using DMA or programmed I O For the parallel interface to be initialized for ECP mode a negotiation phase is entered to detect whether or not the connected peripheral is compatible with ECP mode If compatible then ECP mode can be used Ten control registers are available in ECP mode to handle transfer operations In accessing the control registers the base address is determined by address lines A2 A9 with lines AO and A10 defining the offset address of the control register Registers used for FIFO operations are accessed at their base address 400h 1 if configured for then 378h 400h 778h The ECP mode includes several sub modes as determined by the Extended Control register Two submodes of ECP allow the parallel port to be controlled by software In these modes the FIFO is cleared and not used and DMA and RLE are inhibited NOTE The 87307 does not support ECP v1 7 submode of ECP mode 4 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 5 21 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 5 4 PARALLEL INTERFACE PROGRAMMING 5 5 4 1 Parallel Interface Configuration The parallel interface must be configured for a specific address range LPT1 LPT2
107. COMPAQ Technical Reference Guide For the Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors This hardcopy is designed to be placed into a standard 3 ring binder Provided below is a title block that can be copied and cut out and placed into the slip or taped onto the edge of the binder EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors TRG Reader Feedback Please feel free to send any questions suggestions corrections or comments regarding this document please to the following email address Desktop training feedback Compaq com When responding please state the title of the referenced document Technical Reference Guide NOTICE The information in this document is subject to change without notice COMPAQ COMPUTER CORPORATION SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR TECHNICAL OR EDITORIAL ERRORS OR OMISSIONS HEREIN NOR FOR INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM THE FURNISHING PERFORMANCE OR USE OF THIS MATERIAL IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF MANUFACTURERS TO ENSURE THAT DEVICES DESIGNED TO BE USED WITH COMPAQ PRODUCTS COMPLY WITH FCC CLASS B EMISSIONS REQUIREMENTS This guide contains information protected by copyright No part of this document may be photocopied or reproduced in any form without prior written consent from Compaq Computer Corporation 01998 Compaq Computer Corporation All rights reserved Printed in the USA Compaq Deskp
108. CONTROQOL 2 rre re D en Pe De HER D 5 DA RJAS CONNECTOR nt ropes go ee roihi reto Ee Eee rdiet IEEE beo iore gts D 5 DS SPECIFICATIONS corr 2 eget ote PRU E pL cuts Let obe reip io D 5 APPENDIX E WIDE ULTRA SCSI HOST ADAPTER 2 1 neenon neonato setas sonas tn seen astu aio Ed INTRODUCTION Poe ERE ERE Pe FEE E 1 2 lt de ae aur eas E 2 SCSI ADAPTER enne enhn nenne E 3 E 3 1 SCSI ADAPTER CONFIGURATION 0 8 8 nennen nnne nnne nennen E 3 E 3 2 SCSI ADAPTER CONTRODL rrr er er e e E 3 E4 5 5 y neenon fre PEE ne Peces E 3 USER GUIDELINES stati ik it tiet tiet ie e SERE Le te See eese Seeds te see Egon E 4 E 6 SGSECONNECTORS di nd CREDERE Ce E 5 APPENDIX ATI RAGE PRO 1X 2X GRAPHICS CARDS eere eene enne atout Ei INTRODUCTION tte ree tens rore re xe eto eee Ee Re t Poet Eee EE e F 1 E2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION peo PRIPR deret et RU RR F 2 F 2 1 ATI PRO TURBO GRAPHICS CONTROLLER eer F 3 DISPLAY MODES CORE bte DR DER F 4 PROGRAMMING tent De
109. CSI command blocks SCBs The AIC 7880 can execute up to 254 SCBs by swapping the blocks in and out of 8 KB of system memory as there is no on board memory The SCBs can be handled on the byte level or as an entire block SCSI Activity 40 MHz AIC7880 Clock SCSI 7 Ultra SCSI Connector Ext Controller Ly Wide Ultra SCSI Connector Int amp Ext JE PCI Figure E 2 Adaptec AHA 2940U Ultra SCSI Adapter Card Block Diagram E 2 Compaq Personal Computers Original April 1998 Technical Reference Guide E 3 SCSI ADAPTER PROGRAMMING E 3 1 SCSI ADAPTER CONFIGURATION The Adaptec AHA 2940U SCSI Adapter Card is a PCI device and configured using PCI protocol and PCI Configuration Space registers PCI addresses 00h FFh as discussed in Chapter 4 Configuration is accomplished by BIOS during POST and re configurable with software E 3 2 SCSI ADAPTER CONTROL Control of the SCSI host adapter is affected through I O mapped registers mapped as listed in Table E 1 Table E 1 Ultra SCSI Host Adapter Card Control Register Mapping Addr Function nOOh n1Fh SCSI Register Array n20h n5Fh Scratch RAM n60h n7Fh Phase Engine Sequencer n80h n9Fh Host Registers nOOh nFFh SCB Array n prefix address supplied by the BASEADRO PCI Config Reg 4 SPECIFCATIONS The operating specifications are listed in Table E 2 Table E 2 Ultra SCSI Host Adapter Card Specifications Operating Voltage 5
110. Card NOTE Only BTO configurations shown The following subsections provide a description of the key functions and subsystems 2 10 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Pentium II or Celeron Processor 66 100 MHz 64 Bit Host Bus 66 MHz 66 100 2 32 Bit 64 Bit Graphics Bus 82443BX Bus y System Cntlr Card North Memory Bridge 33 MHz 32 Bit System 82371 Security South Logic Bridge 16 Bit ISA Bus BIOS y ROM 87307 Controller Pri IDE I F Power Keyboard Diskette Serial Parallel Spot Mouse I F VF VF 2 VF CDS Desktops and all Minitower models L_ 3200 and 6400 models only 4300 and 9100 models only Figure 2 8 Compaq Deskpro EN System Architecture Block diagram Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 2 11 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 2 System Overview 2 4 1 PROCESSOR The Deskpro EN Series includes models based on Pentium II and Celeron processors The processor and heat sink is mounted as an assembly Figure 2 9 in a slot Slot 1 on the system board The Pentium II processor includes a microprocessor and a secondary L2 cache contained
111. Data Transmit Data 8 CTS Clear To Send 4 DTR Data Terminal Ready 9 RI Ring Indicator 5 GND Ground Each DB 9 is independently configurable as to it s COMn address designation 5 14 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 5 4 22 SERIAL INTERFACE PROGRAMMING 5 4 2 1 Serial Interface Configuration The serial interfaces must be configured for a specific address range COMI 2 etc and also must be activated before it can be used Address selection and activation of the serial interface are affected through PnP configuration registers of the 87307 I O controller The PnP configuration registers are accessed through I O registers 15Ch index and 15Dh data Each serial interface is initiated by firmware selecting logical device 5 or 6 of the 87307 This is accomplished by the following sequence 1 Write 07h to I O register 15Ch 2 Write O5h or 06h to I O register 15Dh for selecting UART2 or UARTI 3 Write 30h to I O register 15Ch 4 Write to I O register 15Dh this activates the interface The serial interface configuration registers are listed in the following table Table 5 10 Serial Interface Configuration Registers Index Reset Address Function R W Value 1 30h Activate R W 00h 00h 3th Range Check R W 00h 00h 60h Base Address MSB R W 02
112. Default Disable F5h Resets keyboard to power on default state and halts scanning pending next 8042 command Set Default F6h Resets keyboard to power on default state and enable scanning Set Keys Typematic F7h Clears keyboard buffer and sets default scan code set 1 Set Keys Make Brake F8h Clears keyboard buffer and sets default scan code set 1 Set Keys Make F9h Clears keyboard buffer and sets default scan code set 1 Set Keys Typematic Make Brake FAh Clears keyboard buffer and sets default scan code set 1 Set Type Key Typematic FBh Clears keyboard buffer and prepares to receive key ID 1 Set Type Key Make Brake FCh Clears keyboard buffer and prepares to receive key ID 1 Set Type Key Make FDh Clears keyboard buffer and prepares to receive key ID 1 Resend FEh 8042 detected error in keyboard transmission Reset FFh Resets program runs keyboard BAT defaults to Mode 2 Note 1 Used in Mode 3 only 5 28 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 5 6 2 POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE OPERATION The pointing device typically a mouse connects to a 6 pin DIN type connector that is identical to the keyboard connector both physically and electrically The operation of the interface clock and data signal control is the same as for the keyboard The pointing device interface uses the IRQI2 interrupt 5 6 3 KEYBOA
113. Default Value 01h Row 6 Error Detect Row 5 Error Detect Row 4 Error Detect 0 No single bit error detected 1 Single bit error detected Configuration Byte 37h 3Fh Power On Password These eight locations hold the power on password Configuration Byte 40h Miscellaneous Disk Data Configuration Bytes 41h 44h Hood Removal Time Stamp These four bytes record the time at which the hood of the system was removed Byte 41h month amp day Byte 42h year and month Byte 43h minutes and seconds Byte 44h removal flag and minutes 4 38 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Configuration Byte 45h Keyboard Snoop Data Default Value xxh 7 Cntrl F10 Key Status 0 Cntrl amp F10 keys not pressed 1 Cntrl amp F10 keys pressed F10 Key Status 0 F10 key not pressed 1 F10 key pressed Reserved Key Pressed Flag 0 Key not pressed 1 Key pressed Configuration Byte 46h Diskette Hard Drive Status Default Value xxh Funtin 1 Partition On HD 0 Notset 1 Set 4 Setup Disk 0 Not present 1 Present 3 ROMPAQ or DIAGS Diskette 0 Not present 1 Present 2 Boot Diskette in Drive A 0 No 1 Yes 1 Drive B Present 0 Not present 1 Present Drive A Present 0 Not present 1 Present Configuration Bytes 47h 4Fh IPL Data These bytes hold initial program load IPL da
114. ED header P5 6 Smart Cover sensor switch 15 Fan header P8 7 PCI connector J23 slot 4 4 16 Speaker header P6 8 PCI connector J24 slot 5 17 SCSI LED header P29 9 Power supply connector P1 18 NIC WOL header P9 NOTES 1 Shares slot with item 4 on desktop backplane combo slot 1 2 Shares slot with item 3 on desktop backplane combo slot 1 3 Shares slot with item 7 on desktop backplane combo slot 2 4 Shares slot with item 5 on desktop backplane combo slot 2 5 Later production units use the 009663 001 board Figure 2 7 Backplane Board Connector Header and Switch Locations Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 2 9 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 2 System Overview 2 4 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE The Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers is based on an Intel Pentium II processor matched with the Intel 440BX AGPset The basic architecture Figure 2 8 uses three main buses the Host bus the Peripheral Component Interconnect PCI bus and the Industry Standard Architecture ISA bus The Host and memory buses provide high performance support for CPU cache and system memory accesses and operate at 66 100 MHz depending on the speed of the microprocessor The PCI bus provides support for the UATA controllers USB ports and PCI expansion devices The PCI bus operates at 33 MHz This system also includes an Accelerated Graphics Port AGP slot for an AGP graph
115. EIE ORIG EPI F 5 F 4 1 CONEIGURXATION n nho ertet aw e E HR RR F 5 F 4 2 EL F 5 F5 MONITOR POWER MANAGEMENT F 6 CONNECTORS iius peret een EE Mets ED D PR tebe F 6 F 6 1 MEMORY EXPANSION 9 F 6 F 6 2 MONITOR CONNECTOR Fee eie de v F 7 F 6 3 ATI MULTIMEDIA CHANNEL eene nene F 8 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers vil Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU FIGU viii RE 2 1 RE 2 2 RE 2 3 RE 2 4 RE 2 5 RE 2 6 RE 2 7 RE 2 8 RE 2 9 RE 3 1 RE 3 2 RE 3 3 RE 3 4 RE 4 1 RE 4 2 RE 4 3 RE 4 4 RE 4 5 RE 4 6 RE 4 7 RE 4 8 RE 4 9 RE 4 10 RE 4 11 RE 5 1 RE 5 2 RE 5 3 RE 5 4 RE 5 5 RE 5 6 RE 5 7 RE 5 8 RE 6 1 RE 6 2 RE 63 RE 6 4 RE 6 5 RE 6 6 RE 7 1 RE 7 2 RE 7 3 RE 7 4 RE 7 5 LIST OF FIGURES COMPAQ DESKPRO EN PERSONAL COMPUTER WITH 2 1 CABIN
116. ESS Technology Inc CONFIGURATION The audio subsystem is automatically configured as to base address DMA and interrupts following installation and power up through an on board EEPROM that provides Plug Play support Software can identify the ES1869 controller by reading indexed address 2n5 40h successively where n 2 for primary address or 4 for secondary address which should yield the values 18h 69h followed by the base address of the ES1869 The typical reset power up configuration for the audio subsystem is as follows Base Address 220h Interrupt IRQ5 DMA Channel 1 Power Management Automatic The audio subsystem can be configured or either single DMA channel mode or dual DMA channel mode Single DMA channel mode means that capture and playback operations share the same playback DMA channel and only one operation capture or playback is possible at a time Dual DMA channel operation allows simultaneous capture playback full duplex operation to occur if desired but requires the use of two DMA channels Typically dual DMA operation would use DMA channel 1 for capture recording and DMA channel 0 or 3 for playback Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 6 3 2 CONTROL Technical Reference Guide The audio subsystem is controlled through I O mapped registers listed in Table 6 2 Table 6 2 Audio Subsystem yo 1 0 Address Func
117. ET LAYOUTS FRONT 02000000 00 000000000 2 4 CABINET LAYOUTS REAR 2 1 0011 1000000000000000000000 ess ssa annees essa nnn 2 5 DESKTOP CHASSIS LAYOUT TOP 0 00000000000 00 0 0 sensa nan 2 6 MINITOWER CHASSIS LAYOUT LEFT SIDE VIEW 0 0 000 00 2 7 SYSTEM BOARD CONNECTOR AND SWITCH 5 8 2 8 BACKLPANE BOARD CONNECTOR HEADER AND SWITCH LOCATIONS 2 9 SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE 0000000000000 000000000000 enn 2 11 PROCESSOR PACKAGE COMPARISON 72 7 1 2 6600000000000000000 asa art 2 12 PROCESSOR MEMORY SUBSYSTEM 3 2 PENTIUM PROCESSOR INTERNAL essa na 3 3 CELERON PROCESSOR INTERNAL nannten ess n nna 3 4 SYSTEM MEMORY 2 3 8 PCI Bus DEVICES AND E a 4 2 PCI Bus CONNECTOR 32 BIT 4 3 TYPE 0 CONFIGURATION CYCLE cccccccsssssescccccccecsseeeecccceeecaaesecccceessaaeseeccceesseuaneecceeeeenees 4 6 PCI CONFIGURATION SPACE 0000000000600000 4 7 1X DATA TRANSFER PEAK TRANSFER RATE 266
118. Edge Level INTR Control Register 0C00 0CO1h PCI IRQ Mapping Index Data 0C06 7 Reserved Compaq proprietary use only 0 50 0C51h System Management Configuration Registers Index Data 0C52h General Purpose Port 0C7Ch Machine ID OCF8h PCI Configuration Address dword access OCF9h Reset Control Register OCFCh Configuration Data byte word or dword access FFOO FFO7h IDE Bus Master Register NOTE Assume unmarked gaps are reserved unused 4 46 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 4 7 GPIO UTILIZATION This section describes the utilization of general purpose input output GPIO ports provided by the south bridge 82371 and I O controller 87307 components used in this system 4 7 2 1 82371 South Bridge GPIO Utilization The 82371 South Bridge component includes a number of single and dual purpose pins available as general purpose input output GPIO ports The GPIO ports are configured during POST by BIOS through the PCI configuration registers BO B3h 82371 function 0 The GPI ports are monitored through registers of the Power Management function function 3 at I O address PM 30h The GPO ports are controlled through a register of function 3 at I O address PM base 34h Tables 4 20 and 4 21 list the utilization of the GPI and GPO ports respectively in this system GP Input Port Table
119. I Config Address Function Address Function 00h Vender ID 1002h Device ID 4744h 14h Relocateable I O Base Address 04h Command 30h Expansion ROM Base Address 08h Status 3Ch Interrupt Line Interrupt Pin 10h Display Memory Base Address For a discussion of accessing PCI configuration space registers refer to chapter 4 For a detailed description of registers refer to applicable ATI Technologies Inc documentation F 4 CONTROL F 4 2 1 Standard VGA Modes Table F 4 list the control registers used for operating in standard VGA mode No special drivers are required for VGA EGA and CGA modes For a detailed description of the registers refer to applicable ATI Technologies Inc documentation Table F 4 Standard VGA Mode Mapping y o y o Address Function Address Function 3B5 00 26h CRT Controller mono 3C6h 3C9h RAMDAC 3BAh VSYNC Control Display Status 3CAh Read VSYNC Status 3C1 00 14h Attribute Controller 3CCh Misc Control Read 3C2h Misc Control Status 3CF 00 08h X Graphics Controller 3C5h 00 04h Sequencer 3D5 00 26h CRT Controller color 3DAh VSYNC Control Display Status color Index at base minus 1 i e if base is 3B5h index is at 3B4h F 4 2 2 Extended VGA Modes Extended modes use the on board video BIOS contained in a flash ROM and the supplied driver which is the same for both cards Compaq Personal Computers F 5 Original April 1998 Appendi
120. MM sockets for system memory This system is designed for using SDRAM or ECC DIMMs As shipped from the factory the standard configuration has 16 32 or 64 megabytes of memory installed The system memory is expandable up to a maximum of 384 megabytes Single or double sided DIMMs may be used In expanding the standard memory using modules from third party suppliers the following DIMM type is recommended 66 or 100 MHz unbuffered RAM supporting CAS latency CL 2 or 3 with a data access time clock to data out of 9 0 ns or less CL 2 or CL 3 NOTE The DIMM speed should compliment the host bus speed of the processor 1 use 66 MHz DIMMs in a system with a 266 66 processor and 100 MHz DIMMs in a system with a 350 100 processor systems are factory shipped with 100 MHz DIMMs The RAM type and operating parameters are detected during POST by the system BIOS using the serial presence detect SPD method This method employs an bus to communicate with an EEPROM on each installed DIMM The EEPROM holds the type and operating parameter data The supported format complies with the JEDEC specification for 128 byte EEPROMs This system also provides support for 256 byte EEPROMs to include additional Compaq added features such as part number and serial number The SPD format as supported in this system is shown in Table 3 3 The key SPD bytes that BIOS checks for compatibility are 2 9 10 18 23 and 24 If BIOS detects EDO DIMMs me
121. Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 8 4 6 8 4 7 Technical Reference Guide FLASH ROM FUNCTIONS The system BIOS may be upgraded by flashing the ROM using the INT 15 AX E822h BIOS interface which includes the necessary subfunctions An upgrade utility is provided on a ROMPAQ diskette The upgrade procedure is described at the end of this chapter Corrupted BIOS code will be indicated by the keyboard LEDs during the boot sequence as described previously in section 8 2 1 POWER BUTTON FUNCTIONS The BIOS includes an interface for controlling the system unit s power button The power button can be disabled and enabled The INT 15 822 BL 08h function can be invoked to disable the power button preventing a user from inadvertently powering down the system This tri modal function is typically used in the ROM flashing procedure to reduce the chance of an accidental power down while the BIOS is being upgraded Entry AX E822h BL 08 Return Successful CF 0 00 Failure CF 1 86 not supported NOTE With the Disable function invoked the system can still be powered down by holding the power button in for four seconds or more The INT 15 AX E822h BL 09h function is used to restore the power button to the state it was in prior to invoking the Disable BL 08h function Entry AX E822h BL 09 Return Successful CF 0 00 Failure CF 1 AH 86 call not suppor
122. OS compatibility hole DDC Display Data Channel DF direction flag Continued Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 1 3 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 1 Introduction Table 1 1 Acronyms and Abbreviations Continued Acronym Abbreviation Description DIMM dual inline memory module DIN Deutche IndustriNorm connector standard DIP dual inline package DMA direct memory access DMI Desktop management interface dpi dots per inch DRAM dynamic random access memory DRQ data request EDID extended display identification data EDO extended data out RAM type EEPROM electrically eraseable PROM EGA enhanced graphics adapter EIA Electronic Industry Association EISA extended ISA EPP enhanced parallel port EIDE enhanced IDE ESCD Extended System Configuration Data format EV Environmental Variable data ExCA Exchangeable Card Architecture FIFO first in first out FL flag register FM frequency modulation FPM fast page mode RAM type FPU Floating point unit numeric or math coprocessor ft foot GB gigabyte GND ground GPIO general purpose GPOC general purpose open collector GART Graphics address re mapping table GUI graphics user interface h hexadecimal HW hardware hex hexadecimal Hz hertz IDE integ
123. Pentium II processors and are set and determined with the same methods Note that the Celeron 300 does not include an L2 cache The L2 cache of the Celeron 300A and 333 operates at processor CPU speed Celeron Processor 1 Not present on Celeron 266 or 300 processors CI core processing speed Host bus speed Figure 3 3 Celeron Processor Internal Architecture Like the Pentium II processor the Celeron processor is software compatible with earlier generation Pentium MMX Pentium and x86 processors NOTE Later versions of the Celeron processor require updated BIOS firmware Refer to section 3 2 2 for upgrading information 3 4 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 3 2 2 PROCESSOR CHANGING UPGRADING The slot 1 design allows for easy changing and or upgrading of the processor cache complex Changing the processor requires disconnection re connection of the heat sink sensor cable and may require upgrading the BIOS firmware and re configuration of the bus core speed switch discussed in the following paragraphs 3 2 2 1 BIOS Upgrading The Pentium II 450 and Celeron 300A 333 processors require BIOS firmware dated 7 30 98 or later Installing and running one of these processors in a system with BIOS dated earlier than 7 30 98 will likely cause the system to halt lockup The BIOS ROM version may be checked using either
124. Precompensation Delay 000 Default values for selected data rate default Data Rate Select 00 500 Kb s 01 300 Kb s 10 250 Kb s 112 1 or 2 Mb s depending on TUP reg Bit 1 5 12 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 5 3 2 DISKETTE DRIVE CONNECTOR This system uses a standard 34 pin connector refer to Figure 5 2 and Table 5 8 for the pinout for diskette drives Drive power is supplied through a separate connector Figure 5 2 34 Pin Diskette Drive Connector Table 5 8 34 Pin Diskette Drive Connector Pinout Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 GND Ground 18 DIR Drive head direction control 2 LOW DEN Low density select 19 GND Ground 3 20 STEP Drive head track step control 4 MEDIA ID Media identification 21 GND Ground 5 GND Ground 22 WR DATA Write data 6 DRV 4 SEL Drive 4 select 23 GND Ground 7 GND Ground 24 WR ENABLE Enable for WR DATA 8 INDEX Media index is detected 25 GND Ground 9 GND Ground 26 TRK 00 Heads at track 00 indicator 10 1 Activates drive motor 27 GND Ground 11 GND Ground 28 WR PRTK Media write protect status 12 DRV 2 SEL Drive 2 select 29 GND Ground 13 GND Ground 30 RD DATA Data and clo
125. Primary IDE controller requested a resource already in use Primary Input Device Not Found Designated primary input device could not be found Secondary IDE Controller Resource Secondary IDE controller has requested a resource already in use Serial Port 1 Resource Conflict Serial port 1 requested a resource already in use Serial Port 2 Resource Conflict Serial port 2 requested a resource already in use Slave DMA Controller Error Error exists in slave DMA controller Slave Interrupt Controller Error Slave interrupt controller failure Static Device Resource Conflict non PnP ISA card has requested a resource already in use System Board Device Resource Conflict A non PnP ISA card has requested a resource already in use System Memory Size Mismatch NOTE Amount of memory detected on system board is different from amount indicated in CMOS PCI and PnP messages are displayed with bus device and function information Compaq Personal Computers Changed April 1998 5 Table 4 Technical Reference Guide PROCESSOR ERROR MESSAGES 1xx xx Processor Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 101 01 CPU test failed 105 08 Port 61 bit 1 not at one 101 02 32 bit CPU test failed 105 09 Port 61 bit 0 not at one 101 91 94 Multiplicat
126. RD POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE PROGRAMMING 5 6 3 1 8042 Configuration The keyboard pointing device interface must be enabled and configured for a particular speed before it can be used Enabling and speed parameters of the 8042 logic are affected through the PnP configuration registers of the 87307 I O controller Enabling and speed control are automatically set by the BIOS during POST but can also be accomplished with the Setup utility and other software The PnP configuration registers are accessed through I O registers 15Ch index and 15Dh data The keyboard and mouse interfaces are initiated by firmware selecting logical device 0 or 1 of the 87307 This is accomplished by the following sequence 1 Write 07h to I O register 15Ch 2 Write 00h or 01 to I O register 15Dh for selecting the keyboard or mouse interface 3 Write 30h to I O register 15Ch 4 Write 01 to I O register 15Dh this activates the interface The parallel interface configuration registers are listed in the following table Table 5 16 Keyboard Mouse Interface Configuration Registers Index Reset Address Function R W Value 2 30h Activate R W 01h 00h 31h Range Check 1 R W 00h na 60h Base Address MSB 1 R W 02h na 61h Base Address LSB 1 R W 78h na 62h Command Base Address MSB 1 R W 00h na 63h Command Base Address LSB 1 R W 00h na 70h Interrupt Select R W 01h 0Ch 71h Interrupt Type R W 01h 01h
127. Reserved read 0 2 Time Date Format Select 0 BCD format 1 Binary format 1 Time Mode 0 12 hour mode 1 24 hour mode 0 Automatic Daylight Savings Time Enable Disable 0 Disable 1 Enable Advance 1 hour 1 Sunday in April retreat 1 hour on last Sunday in October RTC Status Register C Byte 0Ch If set interrupt output signal active read onl If set indicates periodic interrupt flag If set indicates alarm interrupt If set indicates end of update interrupt 3 0 Reseved O Reserved RTC Status Register D Byte 0Dh 7 RTC Power Status 0 RTC has lost power 1 has not lost power Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 31 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support 6 0 Reserved 7 Configuration Byte 0Eh Diagnostic Status Default Value 00h This byte contains diagnostic status data Configuration Byte 0Fh System Reset Code Default Value 00h This byte contains the system reset code Configuration Byte 10h Diskette Drive Type Primary Drive A Diskette Drive Type Valid values for bits lt 7 4 gt and bits lt 3 0 gt 0000 Not installed 0001 360 KB drive 0010 1 2 MB drive 0011 720 drive 0100 1 44 MB 1 25 MB drive 0110 2 88 MB drive all other values reserved Configuration Byte 12h Hard Drive Type Primary Controller 1 Hard Drive 1 Type 0000 none 1000
128. S Table 1 1 lists the acronyms and abbreviations used in this guide Table 1 1 Acronyms and Abbreviations Acronym Abbreviation Description A ampere AC alternating current ACPI Advanced Configuration and Power Interface A D analog to digital AGP Accelerated graphics port API application programming interface APM advanced power management ASIC application specific integrated circuit AT 1 attention commands 2 286 based PC architecture ATA AT attachment mode audio video interleaved AVGA Advanced VGA BCD binary coded decimal BIOS basic input output system bis second new revision BitBLT bit block transfer BNC Bayonet Neill Concelman connector bps or b s bits per second BSP Bootstrap processor BTO Built to order CAS column address strobe CD compact disk CD ROM compact disk read only memory CDS compct disk system CF carry flag CGA color graphics adapter Ch channel CLUT color look up table pallete cm centimeter CMC cache memory controller CMOS complimentary metal oxide semiconductor configuration memory Cntlr controller codec compressor decompressor CPQ Compaq CPU central processing unit CRT cathode ray tube CSM Compaq system management Compaq server management CTO Configure to order DAA direct access arrangement DAC digital to analog converter db decibel DC direct current DCH D
129. S to service the SMI according to the cause of the timeout Although the SMI is primarily used for power managment the interrupt is also employed for the QuickLock QuickBlank functions as well 4 26 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 4 4 5 4 4 6 Technical Reference Guide INTERVAL TIMER The interval timer generates pulses at software programmable intervals A 8254 compatible timer is integrated into the South Bridge chip The timer function provides three counters the functions of which are listed in Table 4 15 Table 4 15 Interval Timer Functions Counter Function Gate Clock In Clock Out 0 System Clock Always on 1 193 MHz IRQO 1 Refresh Always on 1 193 MHz Refresh 2 Speaker Tone Port 61 bit 0 1 193 MHz Speaker Input The interval timer is controlled through the I O mapped registers listed in Table 4 16 Table 4 16 Interval Timer Control Registers Port Register 040h Read or write value counter 0 041h Read or write value counter 1 042h Read or write value counter 2 043h Control Word Interval timer operation follows standard AT type protocol For a detailed description of timer registers and operation refer to the Compaq Extended Industry Standard Architecture Expansion Bus Technical Reference Guide ISA CONFIGURATION The working relationship between the PCI and ISA buses requires that certain parame
130. SC National Television Standards Committee NVRAM non volatile random access memory OEM original equipment manufacturer OS operating system PAL 1 programmable array logic 2 phase altering line PC personal computer PCI peripheral component interconnect PCM pulse code modulation PCMCIA Personal Computer Memory Card International Association PF parity flag PIN personal identification number PIO Programmed POST power on self test PROM programmable read only memory PTR pointer RAM random access memory RAS row address strobe rcvr receiver RF resume flag RGB red green blue monitor input RH Relative humidity RMS root mean square ROM read only memory RPM revolutions per minute RTC real time clock R W read write Continued Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 1 5 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 1 Introduction Table 1 1 Acronyms and Abbreviations Continued Acronym Abbreviation Description SCSI small computer system interface SDRAM Synchronous Dynamic RAM SEC Single Edge Connector SECAM sequential colour avec memoire sequential color with memory SF sign flag SGRAM Synchronous Graphics RAM SIMM single in line memory module SIT system information table SMART Self Monitor Analysis Report Technology SMI system man
131. TABLE 4 4 TABLE 4 5 TABLE 4 6 TABLE 4 7 TABLE 4 8 TABLE 4 9 TABLE 4 10 TABLE 4 11 TABLE 4 12 TABLE 4 13 TABLE 4 14 TABLE 4 15 TABLE 4 16 TABLE 4 17 TABLE 4 18 TABLE 4 19 TABLE 4 20 TABLE 4 21 TABLE 4 22 TABLE 4 23 TABLE 5 1 TABLE 5 2 TABLE 5 3 TABLE 5 4 TABLE 5 5 TABLE 5 6 TABLE 5 7 TABLE 5 8 LIST OF TABLES ACRONYMS AND 6 1 0222 0 00 2 00 000000000000000000000 0000 1 3 MODEL DIFFERENCES os 336s 2 G8 rede eee be e dug PAPE da EE EYE Re P Eod Ov 2 10 SUPPORT CHIPSETS ER A 2 13 GRAPHICS SUBSYSTEM COMPARISON 12 22 400 00010000000000000000 00001 sna 2 14 ENVIRONMENTAL 5 02 0020 02000000000000000000 0000 0004 2 15 BLECTRICAESSPECIBIGATIONS 2 15 PHYSICAL 8 4 200222 2 2 0000000000000000005050 000 2 15 DISKETTE DRIVE 8 0002 00 200000000000000005 0 000 n annee sss saa anne 2 16 24x CD ROM DRIVE 85 4246000000000000000000005 0 0000014 2 16 HARD DRIVE SPECIFICATIONS 3 2 esto in tene FR PNE E EVE ERES FOR Y seus 2 17 PROCESSOR 15 12 2 000200 00 055001200000000000059 1
132. TION 35 5 GR 6 5 AUDIO SUBSYSTEM TO ISA Bus PCM DATA FORMATS BYTE ORDERING 6 6 FM SYNTHESIS 6 7 AUDIO CAR TO ISA BUS FM AUDIO DATA nennen nna 6 7 POWER DISTRIBUTION AND CONTROL BLOCK 95 7 1 POWER CABLE DIAGRAM 22 4 4 2 0 0 0 000 0000000000000000000005 0000001 7 5 Low VOLTAGE SUPPLY BLOCK 40000506000 6 6050050 000000 8 7 6 SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM cccccccccsssseeeccceceeceseseeeccceeeseussseeccceeeesaunseeeccceessaaaneeeeeeas 7 1 BACKPLANE HEADER PINOUTS ERR etie Tee 7 8 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September1998 Technical Reference Guide FIGURE 1 KEYSTROKE PROCESSING ELEMENTS BLOCK DIAGRAM eene C 2 FIGURE 2 KEYBOARD TO SYSTEM TRANSMISSION OF CODE 58H TIMING C 3 FIGURE 3 U S ENGLISH 101 KEY KEYBOARD KEY C 4 FIGURE 4 NATIONAL 102 KEY KEYBOARD KEY C 4 FIGURE 5 U S ENGLISH WINDOWS 101 W KEY KEYBOARD KEY C 5 FIGURE C 6 NATIONAL WINDOWS 102W KEY KEYBOARD KEY POSITIONS M C 5 FIGURE D 1 CoMPAQ 10 100 TX WOL CONTROLLER
133. TIONS itr rere retener etre yoke Peter sage Pee Piste eee tee rper eerte rer Pete 6 11 CHAPTER 7 POWER SUPPLY AND 204 0 0 4 9 1 10 Tl INTRODUCTION lt 7 1 7 2 POWER SUPPLY 5 7 1 7 24 POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBEY un eene Hide HR RU TR RE 7 2 7 2 2 POWER CONTROL Eu BUSES 7 3 153 POWER DISTRIBUTIONS 7 5 7 3 1 3 5 5 12 VDC DISTRIBUTION 2 2 EUER UBER FREIER 7 5 7 3 2 LOW VOLTAGE DISTRIBUTION 2 pe edet drea Per Ree 7 6 JA SIGNALEDISTRIBUTION poete iieri erg beg EE EYES 7 7 CHAPTER 8 BIOS 4 14 0 020 sense 81 JINTRODUCGTION oder CS 8 1 8 2 BOOT RESET FUNCTIONS ee EIER HIR Ee 8 2 8 2 1 BOOT nahe ebd TTA 8 2 8 2 2 QUICKBOOT RURSUS 8 2 8 2 3 SIEBNTBOOT d tutta ua nt eie ub m PU I EPI 8 2 8 2 4 EE 8 2 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 83 MEMORY DETECTION AND 8 3
134. a 128 KB 0008 0000h 512 KB 0007 FFFFh Base Memory 512 KB 0000 0000h NOTE All locations in memory are cacheable Base memory is always mapped to DRAM The next 128 KB fixed memory area can through the north bridge be mapped to DRAM or to PCI space Graphics RAM area is mapped to PCI or AGP locations Figure 3 4 System Memory Map 3 8 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 3 2 4 SUBSYSTEM CONFIGURATION The 443BX north bridge component provides the configuration function for the processor memory subsystem Table 3 4 lists the configuration registers used for setting and checking such parameters as memory control and PCI bus operation These registers reside in the PCI Configuration Space and accessed using the methods described in Chapter 4 section 4 2 Table 3 4 Host PCI Bridge Configuration Registers 82443BX Function 0 PCI Config PCI Config Addr Addr 00 01h Vender ID 8086h 6A 6Bh DRAM Control Reg 00h 02 03h Device ID 7190h 6C 6Fh Memory Buffer Strength 55h 04 05h Command 0006h 70h Multi Transaction Timer 00h 06 07h Status 0210h 71h CPU Latency Timer 10h 08h Revision ID 72h SMRAM Control 02h 09 0Bh Class Code 90h Error Command 00h Latency Timer 00h 91h Error Status Register 0 00h OEh Header Type 00h 92h Error Status Register 1 00h 10
135. ads and writes are hardware controlled ECP Interrupt Mask 0 Interrupt is generated on ERR assertion 1 Interrupt is inhibited 3 ECP DMA Enable Disable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 2 ECP Interrupt Generation with DMA 0 Enabled 1 Disabled 1 FIFO Full Status Read Only 0 Not full at least 1 empty byte 1 Full FIFO Empty Status Read Only 0 Not empty contains at least 1 byte 1 Empt Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 5 25 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 5 5 PARALLEL INTERFACE CONNECTOR Figure 5 5 and Table 5 14 show the connector and pinout of the parallel interface connector Figure 5 5 Parallel Interface Connector Female DB 25 as viewed from rear of chassis Table 5 14 DB 25 Parallel Connector Pinout Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 STB Strobe 14 LF Line Feed 2 DO Data 0 15 ERR Error 3 D1 Data 1 16 INIT Initialize Paper 4 D2 Data 2 17 SLCTIN Select In 5 D3 Data 3 18 GND Ground 6 D4 Data 4 19 GND Ground 7 D5 Data 5 20 GND Ground 8 D6 Data 6 21 GND Ground 9 D7 Data 7 22 GND Ground 10 ACK Acknowledge 23 GND Ground 11 BSY Busy 24 GND Ground 12 PE Paper End 25 GND Ground 13 SLCT Select 5 26 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 5 6 5 6 1 Data Technical Ref
136. agement interrupt SMM system management mode SMRAM system management RAM SPD serial presence detect SPP standard parallel port SRAM static RAM STN super twist pneumatic SVGA super VGA SW software TAD telephone answering device TAM telephone answering machine TCP tape carrier package TF trap flag TFT thin film transistor TIA Telecommunications Information Administration TPE twisted pair ethernet TPI track per inch TTI transistor transistor logic TV television TX transmit UART universal asynchronous receiver transmitter UDMA Ultra DMA us us microsecond USB Universal Serial Bus UTP unshielded twisted pair V volt VESA Video Electronic Standards Association VGA video graphics adapter vib vibrato VLSI very large scale integration VRAM Video RAM WOL Wake on LAN WRAM Windows RAM ZF zero flag ZIF zero insertion force socket 1 6 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Chapter 2 SYSTEM OVERVIEW 2 1 INTRODUCTION The Compaq Deskpro EN Series of desktop and minitower Personal Computers Figure 2 1 delivers an outstanding combination of manageability serviceability and consistency for enterprise environments Based on Intel Pentium II and Celeron processors the Deskpro EN Series emphasizes performance and industry compatibility These models feature architectures incorporating th
137. ages and Codes A 16 AUDIO ERROR MESSAGES 3206 xx Table A 15 Audio Error Message Message Probable Cause 3206 xx Audio subsystem internal error 17 NETWORK INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES 60xx xx Table A 16 Network Interface Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 6000 xx Pointing device interface error 6054 xx Token ring configuration test failed 6014 xx Ethernet configuration test failed 6056 xx Token ring reset test failed 6016 xx Ethernet reset test failed 6068 xx Token ring int loopback test failed 6028 xx Ethernet int loopback test failed 6069 xx Token ring ext loopback test failed 6029 xx Ethernet ext loopback test failed 6089 xx Token ring open 10 Compaq Personal Computers Changed April 1998 Technical Reference Guide A 18 SCSI INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES 65xx xx 66xx xx 67xx xx Table A 17 SCSI Interface Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 02 Drive not installed 33 Illegal controller command 03 Media not installed 34 Invalid SCSI bus phase 05 Seek failure 35 Invalid SCSI bus phase 06 Drive timed out 36 Invalid SCSI bus phase 07 Drive busy 39 Error status from drive 08 Drive already reserved 40 Drive timed out 09 Reserved 41 SSI bus stayed busy
138. al Computers 2 3 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 2 System Overview 2 3 MECHANICAL DESIGN The Compaq Deskpro EN Series uses a desktop form factor This section illustrates the mechanical particulars of the bezel chassis and major board assemblies 2 31 CABINET LAYOUTS M Desktop Minitower Item Function 1 1 44 MB Diskette Drive 5 25 drive bay CD ROM Drive CDS models 5 25 drive bay Internal Drive 5 25 bay Internal Drive 8 5 bay Power Button Power On Sleep Indicator Hard Drive Activity Indicator CO Figure 2 2 Cabinet Layouts Front View 2 4 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide v ag 2 14 16 00 EE Desktop Minitower Item Function 1 AC Line In Connector 2 Smart Cover Lock Screws 3 Line Voltage Switch 4 USB Interface Port B 5 USB Interface Port A 6 100TX speed LED 7 Activ
139. alues All ASCII symbols may be called while in DOS or using standard text mode editors by using the combination keystroke of holding the Alt key and using the Numeric Keypad to enter the decimal value of the symbol The extended ASCII characters decimals 128 255 can only be called using the Alt Numeric Keypad keys NOTE Regarding keystrokes refer to notes at the end of the table Applications may interpret multiple keystroke accesses differently or ignore them completely Table B 1 ASCII Character Set Dec Hex Symbol m Symbol 0 00 96 60 1 01 97 61 2 02 B 98 62 b 3 03 99 63 4 04 D 100 64 d 5 05 p E 101 65 e 6 06 F 102 66 f 7 07 e G 103 67 g 8 08 H 104 68 h 9 09 O 105 69 10 0 a J 106 6A j 11 0B K 107 6B k 12 L 108 6 13 00 5 M 109 60 14 N 110 6E n 15 OF 111 6F 16 10 0 P 112 70 p 17 11 1 Q 113 71 q 18 12 1 2 R 114 72 r 19 13 3 S 115 73 s 20 14 4 4 T 116 74 t 21 15 8 5 U 117 75 22 16 6 V 118 76 23 17 1 7 Ww 119 77 w 24 18 T 8 X 120 78 x 25 19 9 Y 121 79 y 26 1A gt 2 122 7 2 27 1 lt 123 7 28 1C A 124 7C 29 1D o 125 7D 30 1 126 7E v _ 127 7 Continued Compaq Personal Computers B 1 Original July 1996 Appendix ASCII Character Set Table B 1 ASCII Code Set Continued 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 1
140. ase memory and ISA PCI memory contiguous with base memory as normal memory ranges This real mode call will indicate chipset defined address holes that are not in use motherboard memory mapped devices and all occurrences of the system BIOS as reserved Standard PC address ranges will not be reported Input EBX continuation value or 00000000h to start at beginning of map ECX number of bytes to copy 2220 EDX 534D4150h SMAP ES DI buffer for result see below Offset Size Description 00h QWORD address 08h QWORD length in bytes 10h DWORD type of address range 01h memory available to OS 02h reserved not available e g system ROM memory mapped device other not defined Output If CF 0 success EAX 534D4150h 5 EBX next offset from which to copy or 00000000h if finished ECX actual length returned in bytes ES DI buffer filled If CF 1 failure AH Error Code 86h In order to determine the entire memory map multiple calls must be made For example the first call would be Input EDX 534D4150h EBX 00h ECX 14h ES DI some buffer to store information Output EAX 534D4150h EBX 01h ECX 14h ES DI 00 00 00 00 00000000 00FC0900 00000000 01 00 00 00 indicates 0 639k is available to the OS Consecutive calls would continue until EBX returns with 0 indicating that the memory map is complete 8 14 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and
141. at time the transmission is allowed to finish When the 8042 is ready to transmit to the keyboard the 8042 pulls the data line low causing the keyboard to respond by pulling the clock line low as well allowing the start bit to be clocked out of the 8042 The data is then transferred serially LSb first to the keyboard Figure 5 6 An odd parity bit is sent following the eighth data bit After the parity bit 15 received the keyboard pulls the data line low and clocks this condition to the 8042 When the keyboard receives the stop bit the clock line is pulled low to inhibit the keyboard and allow it to process the data Stat 01 D2 05 06 D7 Parity Stop Bit LSb MSb Bit Xo Wes e so gw cw 39 Th Toy Tel Tch Parameter Minimum Maximum Tcy Cycle Time 0 us 80 us Tcl Clock Low 25 us 35 us Tch Clock High 25 us 45 us Th Data Hold 0 us 25 us Tss Stop Bit Setup 8 us 20 us Tsh Stop Bit Hold 15 us 25 us Figure 5 6 8042 To Keyboard Transmission of Code EDh Timing Diagram Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 5 27 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces Control of the data and clock signals is shared by the 8042and the keyboard depending on the originator of the transferred data Note that the clock signal is always generated by the keyboard After the keyboar
142. ate of a USB keyboard though BIOS function INT 16 is not supported The system does not support hot plugging of a USB keyboard nor is a keyboard attached to a USB hub supported PS 2 keyboard and a USB keyboard can however be connected and used simultaneously USB CONFIGURATION The USB interface functions as a PCI device 7 within the 82371AB component function 2 and is configured using PCI Configuration Registers as listed in Table 5 19 Table 5 19 USB Interface Configuration Registers PCI Config Reset PCI Config Reset Addr Register Value Addr Register Value 00 01h Vender ID 8086h Latency Timer 00h 02 03h Device ID 7112h OEh Header Type 80h 04 05h PCI Command 0000h 20 23h Space Base Address All O s 06 07h PCI Status 0280h 3Ch Interrupt Line 00h 08h Revision ID 00h 3Dh Interrupt Pin 04h 09h Programming I F 00h 60h Miscellaneous Control 1 10h 0Ah Sub Class Code 03h Co Cth Miscellaneous Control 2 2000h OBh Base Class Code OCh 23 NOTES Assume unmarked locations gaps as reserved Refer to applicable Intel documentation for detailed descriptions of registers 5 34 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 5 7 5 USB CONTROL The USB is controlled through I O registers as listed in table 5 20 Table 5 20 USB Control Registers I O Addr Register
143. board are listed in Table 4 5 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 7 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support Table 4 5 System Board PCI Device Identification PCI Device Vender ID Device ID North Bridge 82443 Host PCI Bridge Function 0 8086h 7190h PCI AGP Bridge Function 1 1 8086h 7191h South Bridge 82371 PIIX4 PCI ISA Bridge Function 0 8086h 7110h EIDE Controller Function 1 8086h 7111h USB I F Function 2 8086h 7112h Power Mngmt Cntlr Function 3 8086h 7113h NOTES 1 Graphics Address Remapping Table GART used on all systems 4 2 3 3 Special Cycles There are two types of special cycles that may occur on the PCI bus The first type is initiated by the host and is used to perform the following functions Shutdown Flush Halt Write Back Flush Acknowledge Branch Trace Message and Stop Grant These cycles start like all other PCI cycles and terminate with a master abort The second type of special cycle is initiated by writing to OCF8h Bus all Os Device all 15 Function all 1s and Register all 05 and OCFCh to generate a Type 0 configuration cycle This Type 0 cycle however does not assert any of the IDSEL lines and therefore results in a master abort with FFFFh returned to the microprocessor 4 2 4 OPTION ROM MAPPING During POST the PCI bus is scanned for devices that contain their own specific firmware in
144. c C 2 3 1 Special Single Keystroke Functions The following keys provide the intended function in most applications and environments Caps Lock The Caps Lock key pos 59 when pressed and released invokes a BIOS routine that turns on the caps lock LED and shifts into upper case key positions 40 49 60 68 and 76 82 When pressed and released again these keys revert to the lower case state and the LED is turned off Use of the Shift key will reverse which state these keys are in based on the Caps Lock key Num Lock The Num Lock key pos 32 when pressed and released invokes a BIOS routine that turns on the num lock LED and shifts into upper case key positions 55 57 72 74 88 90 100 and 101 When pressed and released again these keys revert to the lower case state and the LED is turned off The following keys provide special functions that require specific support by the application Print The Print 14 key can when pressed generate an interrupt that initiates a print routine This function may be inhibited by the application Scroll Lock The Scroll Lock key pos 15 when pressed and released invokes a BIOS routine that turns on the scroll lock LED and inhibits movement of the cursor When pressed and released again the LED is turned off and the function is removed This keystroke is always serviced by the BIOS as indicated by the LED but may be inhibited or ignored by the application Pa
145. can be followed by a Command phase During periods of inactivity the diskette drive controller is in a non operation mode known as the Idle phase Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 5 9 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 3 1 DISKETTE DRIVE PROGRAMMING 5 3 1 1 Diskette Drive Interface Configuration The diskette drive controller must be configured for a specific address and also must be enabled before it can be used Address selection and enabling of the diskette drive interface are affected by firmware through the PnP configuration registers of the 87307 I O controller The PnP configuration registers are accessed through I O registers 15Ch index and 15Dh data The diskette drive is initiated by firmware selecting logical device 3 of the 87307 This is accomplished by the following sequence Write 07h to I O register 15Ch Write 03h to I O register 15Dh this selects the diskette drive I F Write 30h to I O register 15Ch Write O1h to I O register 15Dh this activates the interface X pour The diskette drive I F configuration registers are listed in the following table Table 5 6 Diskette Drive Interface Configuration Registers Index Reset Address Function R W Value 30h Activate R W 01h 31h Range Check R W 00h 60h Base Address MSB R W 03h 61h Base Address LSB R W FOh 70h Interrupt Select R W 06h
146. cates that the Echo command was received by the keyboard Acknowledge ACK FAh Issued by the keyboard as a response to valid system inputs except the Echo and Resend commands Resend FEh Issued by the keyboard following an invalid input Keyboard ID 83ABh Upon receipt of the Read ID command from the system the keyboard issues the ACK command followed by the two IDS bytes Note 1 Modes 2 and 3 2 Mode 1 only C 2 5 SCAN CODES The scan codes generated by the keyboard processor are determined by the mode the keyboard is operating in Mode 1 In Mode 1 operation the keyboard generates scan codes compatible with 8088 8086 based systems To enter Mode 1 the scan code translation function of the keyboard controller must be disabled Since translation is not performed the scan codes generated in Mode 1 are identical to the codes required by BIOS Mode 1 is initiated by sending command FOh with the O1h option byte Applications can obtain system codes and status information by using BIOS function INT 16h with AH 00h 014 and 02h Mode 2 Mode 2 is the default mode for keyboard operation In this mode the 8042 logic translates the make codes from the keyboard processor into the codes required by the BIOS This mode was made necessary with the development of the Enhanced III keyboard which includes additional functions over earlier standard keyboards Applications should use BIOS function INT 16h with AH 10h 11h and 12h for obta
147. checked 2 9 10 18 23 24 Check Sequence a SPD byte 2 is read for all slots first A failed read or returned value of other than 02h EDO or 04h SDRAM results in the slot marked as empty If mixed types are detected then only SDRAMs are used see chapter 3 for details b SPD byte 18 is read for maximum CAS latency followed by reads of bytes 9 and 10 for bus speed compatibility A DIMM detected as too slow results in an error c Ifthe DIMM can handle the memory bus speed at maximum CAS latency then bytes 23 and 24 are checked to see if the DIMM can work maximum CAS latency minus 1 Once all slots are checked the greatest CAS latency 2 or 3 is used A DIMM detected as incompatible will result in a bit in CMOS being set and the Num Lock LED on the keyboard will blink for a short time Depending on the progress of the BIOS routine a POST message may be displayed before the system locks up Initialize SDRAM If SDRAM are installed then each row containing SDRAM will be initialized This step includes pre charging all banks sending a CAS before RAS command sending a Mode Register Set Enable command reading DIMM location CAS latency data and sending a Normal Op command Memory Sizing The SPD bytes 3 4 and 17 are checked for number of row and column addresses and for SDRAM the number of internal banks Memory Timing For SDRAM the memory controller requires the RAS pre charge time and the RAS to CAS delay time SPD bytes
148. checked 27and 29 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 8 3 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM 84 DESKTOP MANAGEMENT SUPPORT Desktop Management deals with issues of security identification and system management functions Desktop Management is provided by BIOS INT 15 functions listed Table 8 1 Table 8 1 Desktop Management Functions INT15 AX Function Mode E800h Get system ID Real 16 amp 32 bit Prot E807h Get System Information Table Real 16 amp 32 bit Prot E813h Get monitor information Real 16 amp 32 bit Prot E814h Get system revision Real 16 amp 32 bit Prot E816h Get temperature status Real 16 amp 32 bit Prot E817h Get drive attribute Real E818h Get drive off line test Real E819h Get chassis serial number Real 16 amp 32 bit Prot E81Ah Write chassis serial number Real E81Bh Get drive threshold Real E81Eh Get drive ID Real E820h System Memory Map Real E822h Flash ROM Sys Admin Fnc Real 16 amp 32 bit Prot E827h DIMM EEPROM Access Real 16 amp 32 bit Prot E828h Inhibit power button Real 16 amp 32 bit Prot E845h Access CMOS Feature Bits Real 16 amp 32 bit Prot E846h Security Functions Real 16 amp 32 bit Prot 32 bit protected mode calls are accessed by using the industry standard BIOS32 Service Directory Using the service directory involves three steps
149. chipsets and therefore describes only basic aspects of these functions as well as information unique to the Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers For detailed information on specific components refer to the applicable manufacturer s documentation Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 1 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support 4 2 PCI BUS OVERVIEW NOTE This section describes the PCI bus in general and highlights bus implementation in this particular system For detailed information regarding PCI bus operation refer to the PCI Local Bus Specification Revision 2 1 This system implements a 5 V 32 bit Peripheral Component Interconnect PCI bus operating at 33 MHz The PCI bus uses a shared address data bus design On the first clock cycle of a PCI bus transaction the bus carries address information On subsequent cycles the bus carries data PCI transactions occur synchronously with the Host bus at 33 MHz AII I O transactions involve the PCI bus ISA transactions involving the microprocessor cache and memory also involve the PCI bus Memory cycles will involve the PCI if the access is initiated by a device or subsystem other than the microprocessor The PCI bus handles address data transfers through the identification of devices and functions on the bus Figure 4 1 A device is defined as a component or slot that resides on the PCI bus A function is defi
150. ck the boot block code provides the minimum amount of support necessary to allow booting the system from the diskette drive bypassing the security measures re flashing the system ROM with a ROMPAQ diskette Since video is not available during the initial boot sequence the boot block routine uses the keyboard LEDs to communicate status as follows Num Lock Caps Lock Scroll Lock Meaning Off On Off Administrator password required On Off Off Boot failed Reset required for retry Off Off On Flash failed set by ROMPAQ On On On Flash complete set by ROMPAQ QUICKBOOT The QuickBoot mode programmable through the INT 15 AX E845h call skips certain portions of the POST such as the memory count during the boot process unless the hood has been detected as being removed The QuickBoot mode is programmable as to be invoked always never default or every x number of days SILENTBOOT When in the SilentBoot mode the boot process skips certain audio and visual aspects of POST such as the speed beeps and screen messages Error messages are still displayed The QuickBoot mode is programmable by the Setup utility through the INT 15 AX E845h call as to either TERSE default or VERBOSE mode RESET There are two types of system resets hard and soft A hard reset 1s traditionally generated after power up and produced by the circuitry generating the PWRGOOD signal The 82371 south bridge however allows software to generate a hard reset
151. ck read off disk 14 DRV 1 SEL Drive 1 select 31 GND Ground 15 GND Ground 32 SIDE SEL Head select side 0 or 1 16 MTR2ON Activates drive motor 33 GND Ground 17 GND Ground 34 DSK CHG Drive door opened indicator Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 5 13 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 4 SERIAL INTERFACES The serial interfaces transmit and receive asynchronous serial data with external devices The serial interface function is provided by the 87307 I O controller component which includes two 16550 16450 compatible UARTs Each UART is supported by a DB 9 connector on the rear of the chassis DB 9 RS 232 TX RX CNTRL UARTI Log Dev 6 DB 9 88 232 TX RX CNTRL uan _ Log Dev 5 Figure 5 3 Serial Interfaces Block Diagram 5 41 RS 232 INTERFACE The DB 9 connector based interface complies with EIA standard RS 232 C which includes modem control signals and supports baud rates up to 115 2 Kbps The DB 9 connector is shown in the following figure and the pinout of the connector is listed in Table 5 9 Figure 5 4 Serial Interface Connector Male DB 9 as viewed from rear of chassis Table 5 9 DB 9 Serial Connector Pinout P Description i Description 1 CD Carrier Detect 6 DSR Data Set Ready 2 RX Data Receive Data 7 RTS Request To Send 3 TX
152. criptions Data Register I O Port 378h Data written to this register is presented to the data lines DO D7 A read of this register when in SPP compatible mode yields the last byte written A read while in SPP extended or ECP mode yields the status of data lines DO D7 1 receive data In ECP mode in the forward output direction a write to this location places a tagged command byte into the FIFO and reads have no effect Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 5 23 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces Status Register I O Port 379h Read Only This register contains the current printer status Reading this register clears the interrupt condition of the parallel port 7 Printer Busy if 0 Printer Acknowledgment Of Data Byte if 0 Printer Out Of Paper if 1 Control Register I O Port 37Ah This register provides the printer control functions Funcion O Direction Control for PS 2 and ECP Modes 0 Forward Drivers enabled Port writes to peripheral default 1 Backward Tristates drivers and data is read from peripheral Acknowledge Interrupt Enable 0 Disable interrupt 1 Enable interrupt on rising edge ACK Address Register I O Port 37Bh EPP Mode Only This register is used for selecting the EPP register to be accessed Data Port Registers 0 3 I O Ports 37C Fh EPP Mode Only These registers are u
153. ctors Third Edition September1998 Chapter 6 Audio Subsystem 6 2 1 PCM AUDIO PROCESSING The audio subsystem uses pulse code modulation PCM for processing audio that is applied from external sources to the Mic In and Line In input jacks as well as audio from an installed CD ROM drive The PCM method is also used in playback of WAV file data commonly used in Windows applications 6 2 1 1 ADC Operation The Analog to Digital Converter ADC receives an analog signal and using pulse code modulation PCM converts it into digital data that can be handled by normal logic circuitry The conversion process consists of measuring sampling the analog signal at intervals to determine the amplitude and frequency see Figure 6 2 The frequency of sampling intervals is a programmable parameter known as the sampling rate The higher the sampling rate the more accurate the digital representation will be Quantized Values 8000h 0000h 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 510 Time A Figure 6 2 Analog Signal Sampling Quantizing Each sample is quantized into a digital code that specifies the voltage level of the analog signal at that particular time The quantizing format options are as follows Mono or stereo 8 or 16 bit Signed or unsigned 6 4 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 6 2 1 2 Qua
154. cy caused by an ISA initiator owning the bus for long periods of time 4 4 Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 4 2 3 Technical Reference Guide PCI BUS TRANSACTIONS The PCI bus consists of a 32 bit path AD31 00 lines that uses a multiplexed scheme for handling both address and data transfers bus transaction consists of an address cycle and one or more data cycles with each cycle requiring a clock PCICLK cycle High performance is realized during burst modes in which a transaction with contiguous memory locations requires that only one address cycle be conducted and subsequent data cycles are completed using auto incremented addressing Four types of address cycles can take place on the PCI bus I O memory configuration and special Address decoding is distributed left up to each device on the PCI bus 4 2 3 1 I O and Memory Cycles For I O and memory cycles a standard 32 bit address decode AD31 0 for byte level addressing is handled by the appropriate PCI device For memory addressing PCI devices decode the AD31 2 lines for dword level addressing and check the AD1 0 lines for burst linear incrementing mode In burst mode subsequent data phases are conducted a dword at a time with addressing assumed to increment accordingly four bytes at a time 4 2 3 2 Configuration Cycles Devices on the PCI bus must comply with PCI protocol t
155. d and the procedure will have to be repeated starting at step 5 10 Turn off power down the system 11 While holding the End key down turn on power up the system making sure the End key is held down until the Setup utility is entered 12 Complete the Setup utility as appropriate 13 Re boot the system Qv bea Ee If the BIOS code is corrupted due to a failed ROM flash the keyboard LEDs provide an indication of the problem during the boot process as described in section 8 2 1 8 24 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Appendix A ERROR MESSAGES AND CODES A 1 INTRODUCTION This appendix lists the error codes and a brief description of the probable cause of the error Note that not all errors listed in this appendix may be applicable to a particular system depending on the model and or configuration 2 MESSAGES Table A 1 Power On Messages Message Beeps Probable Cause CMOS Time and Date Not Set None Invalid time or date none 2 short Power On successful Run Setup None Any failure A 3 BEEP KEYBOARD LED CODES Table A 2 Beep Keyboard LED Codes Beeps LED Blinking 1 Probable Cause 1 short 2 long NUM Lock Base memory failure 1 long 2 short CAP Lock Video graphics controller failure 2 long 1 short Scroll Lock System failure prior to video initialization NOTE
156. d into the 87307 I O controller component The internal logic of the I O controller is software compatible with standard 82077 type logic The diskette drive controller has three operational phases in the following order Command phase The controller receives the command from the system Execution phase The controller carries out the command Results phase Status and results data is read back from the controller to the system The Command phase consists several bytes written in series from the CPU to the data register 3F5h 375h The first byte identifies the command and the remaining bytes define the parameters of the command The Main Status register 3F4h 374h provides data flow control for the diskette drive controller and must be polled between each byte transfer during the Command phase The Execution phase starts as soon as the last byte of the Command phase is received An Execution phase may involve the transfer of data to and from the diskette drive a mechnical control function of the drive or an operation that remains internal to the diskette drive controller Data transfers writes or reads with the diskette drive controller are by DMA using the DRQ2 and DACK2 signals for control The Results phase consists of the CPU reading a series of status bytes from the data register 3F5h 375h that indicate the results of the command Note that some commands do not have a Result phase in which case the Execution phase
157. d receives a command from the 8042 the keyboard returns an ACK code If a parity error or timeout occurs a Resend command is sent to the 8042 Table 5 15 lists and describes commands that can be issued by the 8042 to the keyboard Table 5 15 8042 To Keyboard Commands Command Value Description Set Reset Status Indicators EDh Enables LED indicators Value EDh is followed by an option byte that specifies the indicator as follows Bits lt 7 3 gt not used Bit 2 Caps Lock 0 off 1 2 on Bit 1 NUM Lock 0 off 1 on Bit 0 Scroll Lock 0 off 1 on Echo EEh Keyboard returns EEh when previously enabled Invalid Command EFh Fih These commands not acknowledged Select Alternate Scan Codes FOh Instructs the keyboard to select another set of scan codes and sends an option byte after ACK is received 01h Mode 1 02h Mode 2 03h Mode 3 Read ID F2h Instructs the keyboard to stop scanning and return two keyboard ID bytes Set Typematic Rate Display F3h Instructs the keyboard to change typematic rate and delay to specified values Bit lt 7 gt Reserved 0 Bits lt 6 5 gt Delay Time 00 250 ms 01 500 ms 10 750 ms 11 1000 ms Bits lt 4 0 gt Transmission Rate 00000 30 0 ms 00001 26 6 ms 00010 24 0 ms 00011 21 8 ms 11111 2 0 ms Enable F4h Instructs keyboard to clear output buffer and last typematic key and begin key scanning
158. d through standard AT type I O mapped registers These registers are listed in Table 4 14 Port 020h Table 4 14 Maskable Interrupt Control Registers Register Base Address Int Cntlr 1 021h Initialization Command Word 2 4 Int Cntlr 1 OAOh Base Address Int 2 OA1h Initialization Command Word 2 4 Int Cntlr 2 The initialization and operation of the interrupt control registers follows standard AT type protocol 4 24 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 4 4 4 2 Non Maskable Interrupts Non maskable interrupts cannot be masked inhibited within the microprocessor itself but may be maskable by software using logic external to the microprocessor There are two non maskable interrupt signals the NMI and the SMI These signals have service priority over all maskable interrupts with the SMI having top priority over all interrupts including the NMI Generation The Non Maskable Interrupt NMI signal can be generated by one of the following actions Parity errors detected on the ISA bus activating IOCHK Parity errors detected on a PCI bus activating SERR or PERR Microprocessor internal error activating IERRA or IERRB The IOCHK SERR and PERR signals are routed through the south bridge component which in turn activates the NMI to the microprocesso
159. default configuration has the PIRQn disabled Table 4 13 lists the standard source configuration for maskable interrupts and their priorities If more than one interrupt is pending the highest priority lowest number is processed first Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 23 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support Table 4 13 Maskable Interrupt Priorities and Assignments Priorit Signal Label Source Typical 1 IRQO Interval timer 1 counter 0 2 IRQ1 Keyboard 3 IRQ8 Real time clock 4 IRQ9 Spare and ISA connector pin B04 5 IRQ10 Spare and ISA connector pin DOS 6 IRQ11 Spare and ISA connector 004 7 IRQ12 Mouse and ISA connector pin 005 8 IRQ13 Coprocessor math 9 IRQ14 IDE primary I F and ISA connector pin 007 10 IRQ15 IDE secondary I F and ISA connector 006 11 IRQ3 Serial port COM2 and ISA connector pin B25 12 IRQ4 Serial port COM1 and ISA connector pin B24 13 IRQS Audio subsystem and ISA connector pin B23 14 IRQ6 Diskette drive controller and ISA connector pin B22 15 IRQ7 Parallel port LPT1 IRQ2 NOT AVAILABLE Cascade from interrupt controller 2 Interrupts generated by PCI devices can be configured to share the standard AT IRQn interrupt lines Refer to section 4 2 5 Interrupt Mapping for information on PCI interrupts Maskable Interrupt processing is controlled and monitore
160. e flash ROM During the boot sequence the BIOS checks for the presence of the ROMPAQ diskette If ROMPAQ is detected and password is locked into the Black Box with the Protect Resources command an Access Resources command followed by Administrator password entry must occur before the ROM can be flashed If the Permanently Lock Resources command has been invoked the power must be cycled before the ROM can be flashed The system ROM is write protected as follows Start Addr End Addr Data Type Protection C0000h EFFFFh Option ROM Password write protected F0000h F7FFFh System BIOS Password write protected F8000h F9FFFh ESCD Never write protected FAO000h FFFFFh Boot Block Always write protected The flashing functions are handled using the INT15 AX E822h BIOS interface 4 8 2 PASSWORD PROTECTION When enabled the user is prompted to enter the power on password during POST If an incorrect entry is made the system halts and does not boot The Power On password is stored in eight bytes at configuration memory locations 37h 3Fh These locations are physically located within the 87307 At the time a new password is written into 37h 3Fh the password is also written into Black Box logic contained within the System Security ASIC The Black Box logic is used for power on password protection support instead of the port 92 sequence used on other systems The Black Box logic prevents inadvertent or unauthorized access to the password bytes of th
161. e 87307 by monitoring I O ports 70 71h for access to the 37h 3Fh CMOS range and inhibiting the AEN signal to the 87307 if such access is detected Slot 1 of the Black Box logic can be written to at runtime allowing the user to change the power on password without cycling power and going through the F10 method The Black Box password cannot be read The power on password function can be disabled by setting SW1 position 1 to on closed The administrator password is stored in eight bytes at configuration memory locations 78h 7Fh If the administrator password function 15 enabled the user is prompted to enter the password before running F10 Setup or before booting from a ROMPAQ diskette If an incorrect entry is made the system halts and does not boot The administrator password is also stored in the Black Box logic Black Box logic acting as the sentry for the administrator password by preventing inadvertent or unauthorized writing to the Flash ROM Black Box logic is Compaq proprietary and controlled exclusively through the BIOS ROM 4 52 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 4 8 3 4 8 4 Technical Reference Guide T O SECURITY The 87307 I O controller allows various I O functions to be disabled through configuration registers In addition the configuration registers of the 87307 are further protected by Client Management CM logic contained within
162. e Compaq BIOS Technical Reference Guide Table 8 2 PnP BIOS Functions Function Register 00h Get number of system device nodes 01h Get system device node 02h Set system device node 03h Get event 04h Send message 50h Get SMBIOS Structure Information 51h Get Specific SMBIOS Structure The BIOS call INT 15 AX E841h BH 01h can be used by an application to retrieve the default settings of PnP devices for the user The application should use the following steps for the display function 1 Call PnP function 01 get System Device Node for each devnode with bit 1 of the control flag set get static configuration and save the results 2 Call INT 15 AX E841h BH 01h 3 Call PnP Get Static Configuration for each devnode and display the defaults 4 Ifthe user chooses to save the configuration no further action is required The system board devices will be configured at the next boot If the user wants to abandon the changes then the application must call PnP function 02 Set System Device Node for each devnode with bit 1 of the control flag set for static configuration with the results from the calls made prior to invoking this function Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 8 19 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM 8 5 1 SMBIOS In support of the DMI specification the PnP functions 50h and 51h are used to retrieve the SMBIOS data Function 50h
163. e PCI AGP and ISA buses All models are easily upgradable and expandable to keep pace with the needs of the office enterprise Figure 2 1 Compaq Deskpro EN Desktop Personal Computers with Monitor This chapter includes the following topics Features and options 2 2 page 2 2 Mechanical design 2 3 page 2 4 System architecture 2 4 page 2 8 Specifications 2 5 page 2 13 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 2 1 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 2 System Overview 2 2 FEATURES AND OPTIONS This section describes the standard features and available options 2 2 1 STANDARD FEATURES The following standard features are included on all models Pentium II or Celeron processor High performance 2D 3D AGP graphics card Embedded 16 bit full duplex audio with Compaq Premier Sound 3 5 inch 1 44 MB diskette drive Extended IDE controller support for up to four IDE drives Hard drive fault prediction Two serial interfaces Parallel interface Two universal serial bus ports Two PCI slots Two combo PCI ISA slots 10 100 NIC card Compaq Enhanced keyboard w Windows support Mouse APM 1 2 power management support Plug Play compatible with ESCD support Intelligent Manageability support Energy Star compliant Security features including e Flash ROM Boot Block Diskette drive disable boot disable write protect Power on password Administrator password QuickLock QuickBlank
164. e system does not support hot plugging of a USB keyboard nor is a keyboard attached to a USB hub supported PS 2 keyboard and a USB keyboard can however be connected and used simultaneously BIOS UPGRADING The flash ROM device can be re written with updated BIOS code if necessary The flashing procedure is as follows Create a system bootable diskette using the FORMAT A 5 command in DOS Download the appropriate BIOS firmware from the Compaq web site Copy the downloaded BIOS file and the flash utility file onto the boot diskette Unzip the BIOS and flash utility files which should result in an exe file and a bin file Place the boot diskette into drive and reboot the system At the A prompt type in filename exe filename bin there is a space between the file names and press Enter 7 At the Flash Memory Write menu to the question Do you want to save BIOS select Y If you want to save the current BIOS then type the current BIOS name and the extension after File name to save example type 613j900 bin Alternately select if you do not want to save the current BIOS 8 question Are you sure to program select Y 9 Wait until the message Power Off or Reset the system indicating the BIOS has been loaded successfully Then remove the boot diskette Should power be lost or the system reset during this time before the message is displayed the BIOS code in ROM will likely be corrupte
165. ecifications Parameter Desktop Minitower Height 5 88 in 14 93 cm 20 25 in 51 44 cm Width 19 16 in 48 66 cm 8 38 in 21 29 cm Depth 16 82 in 42 72 cm 18 60 in 47 24 cm Weight 1 32 0 Ib 14 50 kg 40 0 Ib 18 20 kg NOTES Metric figures in parenthesis 1 System weight may differ depending on installed drives peripherals Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 2 15 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 2 System Overview Diskette Drive Specifications Compaq SP 179161 001 Parameter Measurement Media Type 3 5 in 1 44 MB 720 KB diskette Height 1 8 bay 1 in Bytes per Sector 512 Sectors per Track High Density 18 Low Density 9 Tracks per Side High Density 80 Low Density 80 Read Write Heads 2 Average Access Time Track to Track high low 3 ms 6 ms Average high low 94 ms 173ms Settling Time 15 ms Latency Average 100 ms 32x CD ROM Drive Specifications SP 327659 001 Parameter Measurement Interface Type IDE Transfer Rate Max Sustained 4800 KB s Burst 16 6 MB s Media Type Mode 1 2 Mixed Mode CD DA Photo CD Cdi CD XA Capacity Mode 1 12 cm 550 MB Mode 2 12 cm 640 MB 8cm 180 MB Center Hole Diameter 15 mm Disc Diameter 8 12 cm Disc Thickness 1 2 mm Track Pitch 1 6 um Laser Beam Divergence 53 5 1 5 Output Power 53 6 0 14 mW Type GaAs Wave Length 790 25 nm Average Acce
166. ects Functional description E 2 page E 2 SCSI adapter programming E 3 page E 3 Specifications E 4 page E 3 User guidelines E 5 page E 4 SCSI connectors E 6 page E 5 Internal Internal Wide Ultra SCSI Connector Ultra SCSI Connector N External Wide Ultra SCSI Connector AIC7880 Figure E 1 Wide Ultra SCSI Host Adapter Card Layout Compaq Personal Computers E 1 Original April 1998 Appendix E Wide Ultra SCSI Host Adapter E 2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION A block diagram of the Wide Ultra SCSI Card is shown in Figure E 2 The card s architecture is based on the AIC 7880 SCSI controller The AIC 7880 controller includes an on board SCSI sequencer that can process SCSI commands without intervention from the host microprocessor The sequencer uses micro code that is downloaded from the host during initialization Single ended SCSI drivers are built into the controller and a 256 byte FIFO in the data path allowing up to 15 byte synchronous offsets An LED is provided to indicate SCSI bus activity The AIC provides a memory interface that is used by the Serial EEPROM and the BIOS ROM The serial EEPROM stores non volatile configuration data and the BIOS ROM which is a flash contains additional configuration data and SCSI functions The programmable array logic PAL controls the Serial EEPROM to AIC7880 interface SCSI operations include the processing of 32 byte S
167. ed 5 16 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Baud Rate Divisor Latch Register I O Port 3F8h 3F9h 2F8 2F9h When bit 7 of the Line Control register is set 1 a write to this pair of locations loads the decimal value used to divide the 1 8462 MHz clock to create the desired baud rate for serial transmission The possible baud rates are shown as follows Baud Rate Decimal Divisor Baud Rate Decimal Divisor 50 2304 2400 48 75 1536 3600 32 110 1047 4800 24 134 5 857 7200 16 150 768 9600 12 300 384 19200 6 600 192 38400 3 1200 96 57600 2 1800 64 115200 1 2000 58 Divisor 1846200 Desired baud rate X 16 Interrupt Enable Register I O Port 3F9h 2F9h Bits lt 3 0 gt of this register are used for enabling interrupt sources A set bit enables interrupt generation by the associated source Modem Status Interrupt Enable if set CTS DSR RI CD Receiver Line Status Interrupt Enable if set Overrun error parity error framing error break Transmitter Holding Register Empty Interrupt Enable if set Baud Rate Divisor Interrupt Enable if set Interrupt ID Register I O Port 3FAh 2FAh Read Only This read only register indicates the serial controller as the source of the interrupt bit lt 0 gt as well as the reason bits lt 3 1 gt for the interrupt Reading this register clears the interrupt and se
168. ed in conjunction with the same keys available for use with the Ctrl keys with the exception that position 14 SysRq is available instead of position 16 Break The Alt key can also be used in conjunction with the numeric keypad keys pos 55 57 72 74 and 88 90 to enter the decimal value of an ASCII character code from 1 255 The application determines the actual function of the keystrokes Both Alt key positions provide identical functionality The combination keystroke of Alt and SysRq results in software interrupt 15h AX 8500h being executed It is up to the application to use or not use this BIOS function The Ctrl and Alt keys can be used together in conjunction with keys in positions 1 13 17 34 39 54 60 71 and 76 84 The Ctrl and Alt key positions used and the sequence in which they are pressed make no difference as long as they are held down at the time the third key is pressed The Ctrl Alt and Delete keystroke combination required twice if in the Windows environment initiates a system reset warm boot that is handled by the BIOS Compaq Personal Computers 7 Change April 1998 Appendix Keyboard 2 3 3 Windows Keystrokes Windows enhanced keyboards include three additional key positions Key positions 110 and 111 marked with the Windows logo have the same functionality and are used by themselves or in combination with other keys to perform specific hot key type functions for the Windows ope
169. educes the amount of CPU interactions with memory freeing the CPU for other processing tasks NOTE This section describes DMA in general For detailed information regarding DMA operation refer to the Compaq Extended Industry Standard Architecture 15 Technical Reference Guide Note however that EISA enhancements as described in the referenced document are not supported in this ISA only system The South Bridge component includes the equivalent of two 8237 DMA controllers cascaded together to provide eight DMA channels Table 4 10 lists the default configuration of the DMA channels Table 4 10 Default DMA Channel Assignments DMA Channel Device ID Controller 1 byte transfers 0 Spare amp ISA conn pins D8 D9 1 Audio subsystem amp ISA conn pins B17 B18 2 Diskette drive amp ISA conn pins B6 B26 3 ECP amp ISA conn pins B15 B16 Controller 2 word transfers 4 Cascade for controller 1 5 Spare amp ISA conn pins D10 D11 6 Spare amp ISA conn pins D12 D13 7 Spare amp ISA conn pins D14 D15 channels in DMA controller 1 operate at a higher priority than those in controller 2 Note that channel 4 is not available for use other than its cascading function for controller 1 The DMA controller 2 can transfer words only on an even address boundary The DMA controller and page register define a 24 bit address that allows data transfers within the address space of the CPU The DMA controllers ope
170. eeded max soft limit 6xx 22 Failed to clear change line status 6xx 04 Previously exceeded max hard limit 6xx 23 Failed to set drive type in ID media 6xx 05 Failed to reset controller 6xx 24 Failed to read diskette media 6xx 06 Fatal error while reading 6xx 25 Failed to verify diskette media 6xx 07 Fatal error while writing 6xx 26 Failed to read media in speed test 6xx 08 Failed compare of R W buffers 6xx 27 Failed speed limits 6xx 09 Failed to format a tract 6xx 28 Failed write protect test 6xx 10 Failed sector wrap test 600 Diskette drive ID test 608 xx Diskette drive write protect test 601 xx Diskette drive format 609 xx Diskette drive reset controller test 602 xx Diskette read test 610 xx Diskette drive change line test 603 Diskette drive R W compare test 694 00 Pin 34 not cut on 360 KB drive 604 xx Diskette drive random seek test 697 00 Diskette type error 605 xx Diskette drive ID media 698 00 Drive speed not within limits 606 xx Diskette drive speed test 699 00 Drive media ID error run Setup 607 xx Diskette drive wrap test A 11 SERIAL INTERFACE ERROR MESSAGES 11xx xx Table A 10 Serial Interface Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 1101 01 Port test UART DLAB bit failure 1101 12 Port test DRVR RCVR signal failure 1101 02 Port test line input or UART fault 1101 13 Port test UART signal interrupt failure 1101 03 Port test
171. ember 1998 Technical Reference Guide Drive Control Register Port 3F6h 376h Write Only Reserved 2 Controller Control 0 Re enable 1 Reset 1 Interrupt Enable Disable 0 Disable interrupts 1 Enable interrupts Reserved Drive Access Register I O Port 3F7h 377h Read Only WRITE GATE Signal Active if set Head Select 0000 15 0001 14 0010 13 0011 12 0100 11 0101 10 0110 9 0111 8 Drive Select 00 Disabled 01 Drive 1 selected 10 Drive 0 selected 11 Invalid Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 5 7 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 2 2 IDE CONNECTOR This system uses a standard 40 pin connector for IDE devices Device power is supplied through a separate connector Figure 5 1 40 Pin IDE Connector Table 5 5 40 Pin IDE Connector Pinout Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 RESET Reset 21 DRQ DMA Request 2 GND Ground 22 GND Ground 3 DD7 Data Bit 7 23 IOW Write 4 DD8 Data Bit 8 24 GND Ground 5 DD6 Data Bit 6 25 IOR Read 6 DD9 Data Bit lt 9 gt 26 GND Ground 7 DD5 Data Bit lt 5 gt 27 IORDY Channel Ready 8 DD10 Data Bit 10 28 CSEL Cable Select 9 004 Data Bit lt 4 gt 29 DAK DMA Acknowledge 10 DD11 Data Bit 11 30 GND Ground 11 DD3 Data Bit lt 3 gt 31 IRQn Interrupt Request 1
172. ents the period of hard drive inactivity required to elapse before the hard drive is allowed to spin down The timeout value is downloaded from CMOS to a timer on the hard drive The timeout period can be set in incremental values of 0 timeout disabled 10 15 default 20 30 and 60 minutes A timed out and spun down hard drive will automatically spin back up upon the next drive access It is normal for the user to detect a certain amount of access latency in this situation 4 8 8 4 Monitor Power Control The VESA display power management signaling protocol defines different power consumption conditions and uses the HSYNC and VSYNC signals of the monitor interface to select a monitor s power condition This capability is dependent on the graphics controller employed in the system For compliance to the monitor power control feature refer to the applicable appendix of the installed graphics controller card Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 57 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support This page is intentionally blank 4 58 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Chapter 5 INPUT OUTPUT INTERFACES 5 1 5 2 5 2 1 INTRODUCTION This chapter describes the standard 1 e system board interfaces that provide input and output I O porting of data and specifically
173. er 8 BIOS ROM 8 4 1 SYSTEM ID The INT 15 AX E800h BIOS function can be used to identify the system board This function will return the system ID in the BX register System Board CMOS ID ROM Type System ID 007998 or 008123 7Eh 686T3 0400h 8 4 2 SYSTEM INFORMATION TABLE The System Information Table SIT is a comprehensive list of fixed configuration information arranged into records The INT 15 AX E807h BIOS function accesses the SIT by returning a pointer in ES BX to indicate the location of the SIT This section lists the default values that should be read from the SIT For specific bit descriptions and more detailed information on the SIT refer to the Compaq Basic Input Output System BIOS Technical Reference Guide Power Conservation Record SIT Record 01h Default Value No of Data Bytes in Record Volume CPU Speed Screensave PWR Consv Mode 1 Will be determined at runtime 2 Unsupported function read all Os L9 LED Blink Popup APM PC Level MAXBRIGHT Control Timeout Counter Record System Standby SIT Record 02h Default Byte Value Record ID for System Standby Timeout 39 No of Data Bytes in Record 0m F Last Value 8 6 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Timeout Counter Record Video Screensave SIT Record 03h Value 00h Oth 02h Oh O 04 05 0
174. er Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Standby The computer is in a low power state video is off some subsystems may be drawing less power and the microprocessor is halted except for servicing interrupts Video graphics controller is under driver control and or VSYNC is off and the power supply fan is turned off Any of the following activities will generate a wake up SMI and return the system to On a Mouse Serial port Diskette drive Hard drive RTC Alarm If no APM connection is present the BIOS will set an APM timer to 45 minutes at which time the Suspend will be entered if no activity has occurred This function can be defeated so that Suspend will not be achieved If an APM connection is present the BIOS APM timer is not used and Suspend is entered only by user request either through an icon in Windows 95 or by pressing and releasing the power button under 4 seconds Suspend The computer is in a low power state video graphics controller is under driver control and or HSYNC and VSYNC are off some subsystems may be drawing less power and the microprocessor is halted except for servicing interrupts Any of the following activities will generate a wake up SMI and return the system to On a Mouse Serial port Diskette drive Hard drive RTC Alarm Network interface controller The APM BIOS for this system supp
175. er in this section The North Bridge 82443BX provides Host memory PCI bridge functions and controls data transfers with system memory over the 64 bit memory data bus The 443BX supports SDRAM EDO FPM and ECC DIMM modules Three DIMM sockets allow the system memory to be expanded to 384 megabytes 3 2 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 3 2 1 3 2 1 1 Technical Reference Guide PROCESSOR The system board includes a Slot 1 type interface that accommodates a Pentium II or Celeron processor Table 3 1 provides a comparison between the key parameters of the Pentium II and Celeron processors Table 3 1 Processor Comparsion Pentium 11 Celeron Celeron Pentium Pentium Pentium 11 266 333 266 300 300A 333 350 400 450 CPU Freq 266 333 MHz 300 MHz 300 333 MHz 350 MHz 400 MHz 450 MHz L2 Cache 512 KB 0 128 KB 512 KB 512 KB 512 KB L2 Cache Freq 133 166 MHz 300 333 MHz 175 MHz 200 MHz 225 MHz Host Bus Freq 66 MHz 66 MHz 66 MHz 100 MHz 100 MHz 100 MHz Pentium Processor The Intel Pentium II processor is packaged in a Single Edge Connector SEC cartridge that contains the microprocessor and a 512 KB ECC secondary L2 cache The processor s architecture Figure 3 2 includes dual ALU MMX supporting CPU branch prediction logic dual pipeline floating point unit FPU coprocessor and a 32 KB L1 cache that is split into two 16 KB 4 way
176. erence Guide KEYBOARD POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE The keyboard pointing device interface provides the connection of an enhanced keyboard and a mouse using PS 2 type connections The keyboard pointing device interface function is provided by the 87307 I O controller component which integrates 8042 compatible keyboard controller logic hereafter referred to as simply the 780427 to communicate with the keyboard and pointing device using bi directional serial data transfers The 8042 handles scan code translation and password lock protection for the keyboard as well as communications with the pointing device This section describes the interface itself The keyboard is discussed in the Appendix C KEYBOARD INTERFACE OPERATION The data clock link between the 8042 and the keyboard is uni directional for Keyboard Mode 1 and bi directional for Keyboard Modes 2 and 3 These modes are discussed in detail in Appendix C This section describes Mode 2 the default mode of operation Communication between the keyboard and the 8042 consists of commands originated by either the keyboard or the 8042 and scan codes from the keyboard A command can request an action or indicate status The keyboard interface uses IRQI to get the attention of the CPU The 8042 can send a command to the keyboard at any time When the 8042 wants to send a command the 8042 clamps the clock signal from the keyboard for a minimum of 60 us If the keyboard is transmitting data at th
177. es from the north bridge Key differences between the AGP interface and the PCI interface are as follows Address phase and associated data transfer phase are disconnected transactions Addressing and data transferring occur as contiguous actions on the PCI bus On the AGP bus a request for data and the transfer of data may be separated by other operations Commands on the AGP bus specify system memory accesses only Unlike the PCI bus commands involving I O and configuration are not required or allowed The system memory address space used in AGP operations is the same linear space used by PCI memory space commands but is further specified by the graphics address re mapping table GART of the north bridge component Data transactions on the AGP bus involve eight bytes or multiples of eight bytes The AGP memory addressing protocol uses 8 byte boundaries as opposed to PCI s 4 byte boundaries If a transfer of less than eight bytes is needed the remaining bytes are filled with arbitrary data that is discarded by the target Pipelined requests are defined by length or size the bus The PCI bus defines transfer lengths with the signal There are two basic types of transactions on the AGP bus data requests addressing and data transfers These actions are separate from each other Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 11 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter
178. est memory on power up only 1 Test memory on warm boot POST Error Handling BIOS Defined 0 Display Press F1 to Continue on error 1 Skip F1 message Reserved Configuration Byte 2Eh 2Fh Checksum These bytes hold the checksum of bytes 10h to 2Dh Configuration Byte 30h 31h Total Extended Memory Tested This location holds the amount of system memory that checked good during the POST Configuration Byte 32h Century This location holds the Century value in a binary coded decimal BCD format Configuration Byte 33h Miscellaneous Flags Default Value 80h Memory Above 640 KB 0 1 Yes Reserved Weitek Numeric Coprocessor Present 0 installed 1 Installed Standard Numeric Coprocessor Present 0 installed 1 Installed Reserved Configuration Byte 34h International Language Support Default Value 00h Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 37 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support Configuration Byte 35h APM Status Flags Default Value 11h Power Conservation State 00 Ready 01 Standby 10 Suspend 11 Off Reserved 32 bit Connection 0 Disconnected 1 Connected 16 bit Connection 0 Disconnected 1 Connected 1 Real Mode Connection 0 Disconnected 1 Connected Power Management Enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Configuration Byte 36h ECC POST Test Single Bit Errors
179. fault values 1 82371 GPI 19 Chassis fan connection 1 fan connected 2 82371 GPI 20 Thermal Caution event status 0 caution event has not occurred 3 82371 GPI 21 Thermal sensor connection status 0 connected The Pentium processor contains a sensor utilized to detect a deadly condition When the processor temperature reaches 135 the THERMTRIP signal is asserted and recorded in a Compaq ASIC see following registers Assertion of THERMTRIP also results in turning off the system s clock generator effectively shutting down the system The following two indexed registers are used by BIOS and available to software for controlling the temperature sense function Port C51 02h Temperature Status Clear Register 1 Temperature Deadly RO 0 Normal 1 Critical temperature detected 0 Reseved 7 O NOTE Bits 1 0 are cleared when read but will be instantly reset if condition remains Port C51 03h Temperature Interrupt SMI Enable Register Bit Temperature Deadly Shutdown Disable 0 Initiate shutdown w deadly condition 1 Do not initiate shutdown Reserved 4 54 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 4 8 6 4 8 7 Technical Reference Guide SMART COVER LOCK The chassis cover also known as the hood can be locked to prevent unauthorized personnel from removing the cover and changing the s
180. gure F 5 that includes the VESA standard feature VSFC connector also known as the VGA pass through connector and additional signal interface The AMC interface can operate in one of the following three modes VSFC Mode The VESA Standard Feature Connector VFSC mode supports an overlay peripheral such as an MPEG or card This mode available in all modes and accelerated modes receives video data through the VSFC I F and overlays the data onto the graphics display display clock 80 Hz DVS Mode The Digital Video Stream DVS mode supports connection to a video decoder MPP Mode The Multimedia Peripheral Port MPP mode supports data streaming from Host memory out of the multimedia interface Multimedia Interface VESA Standard Feature I F gt Figure F 5 AMC Connector 40 Pin Header P1 Table F 7 Multimedia Interface Connector Pinout Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 71 GND Ground Y1 PO Pixel Data 0 Z2 GND Ground Y2 P1 Pixel Data 1 23 GND Ground 2 Pixel Data 2 Z4 EVIDEO Overlay Enable Y4 P3 Pixel Data 3 Z5 ESYNC External Sync Enable Y5 P4 Pixel Data 4 Z6 EDCLK External Clock Enable Y6 P5 Pixel Data 5 Z7 SDA Serial Data Y7 P6 Pixel Data 6 Z8 GND Ground Y8 P7 Pixel Data 7 29 GND Ground Y9 DCLK Pixel Data Clock 210 GND Ground Y10 BLANK DAC Output Blanking Z
181. h 03h 61h Base Address LSB R W F8h F8h 70h Interrupt Select R W O3h 04h 71 Interrupt Type R W 03 03h 74h DMA Channel Select R W 04h 04h 75h Report DMA Assignment RO 04h 04h FOh Configuration Data R W 1 Device 5 UART2 Device 6 UART1 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 5 15 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 4 2 2 Serial Interface Control The BIOS function INT 14 provides basic control of the serial interface The serial interface can be controlled by software through the registers listed in Table 5 11 Table 5 11 Serial Interface Control Registers Address Register R W Base Receive Buffer Transmit Holding 1 R W Base Base 1 Baud Rate Divisor Latch 2 R W Base 1 Interrupt Enable R W Base 2 Interrupt ID RO Base 3 Line Control R W Base 4 Modem Control R W Base 5 Line Status RO Base 6 Modem Status RO Base 7 Scratch Pad R W NOTES Base Address COM 1 3F8h 2F8h 1 This register holds receive data when read from and transmit data when written to 2 When bit 7 of the Line Control register is set 1 writing to 3F8h and 3F9h programs the divisor rate for the baud rate generator Receive Buffer Transmit Holding Register I O Port 3F8h 2F8h When read by the CPU this byte contains receive data When written to by the CPU the byte contains data to be transmitt
182. hat allows configuration of that device by software In this system configuration mechanism 1 as described in the PCI Local Bus specification Rev 2 1 is employed This method uses two 32 bit registers for initiating a configuration cycle for accessing the configuration space of a PCI device The configuration address register CONFIG ADDRESS at OCF8h holds a value that specifies the PCI bus PCI device and specific register to be accessed The configuration data register CONFIG DATA at OCFCh contains the configuration data PCI Configuration Address Register PCI Configuration Data Register Port OCF8h R W 32 bit access only Port OCFCh R W 8 16 32 bit access Bit Function Bit Function 31 Configuration Enable 31 0 Configuration Data 0 Disabled 1 Enable 30 24 Reserved read write Os 23 16 Bus Number Selects PCI bus 15 11 PCI Device Number Selects PCI device for access 10 8 Function Number Selects function of selected PCI device 5 Register Index Specifies config reg 1 0 Configuration Cycle Type ID 00 Type 0 01 Type 1 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 5 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support Figure 4 3 shows how the loading of OCF8h results in a Type 0 configuration cycle on the PCI bus The Device Number bits lt 15 11 gt determines which one of the AD31 11 l
183. he BIOS ROM supports the following operating systems and specifications DOS 6 2 Windows 3 1 Windows for Workgroups 3 11 Windows 95 Windows 98 Windows NT 3 5 and 4 0 OS 2 ver 2 1 OS 2 Warp SCO Unix DMI 2 0 Intel Wired for Management initiative 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 The microprocessor accesses the BIOS as 128 KB block from E0000h to FFFFFh The BIOS data is shadowed in a 64 KB block in the upper memory area The BIOS segments are dynamically paged in and out of the 64 KB block as they are needed NOTE This chapter describes BIOS in general and focuses on aspects of BIOS unique to this particular system For detailed information regarding the BIOS refer to the Compaq Basic Input Output System Technical Reference Guide Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 8 1 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM 8 2 8 2 1 8 2 2 8 2 3 8 2 4 BOOT RESET FUNCTIONS The system supports new system boot functions to support remote ROM flashing and PC97 requirements This system also supports the EL Torito specification for bootable CDs BOOT BLOCK This system includes 24 KB of write protected boot block ROM that provides a way to recover from a failed remote flashing of the system BIOS ROM Early during the boot process the boot block code checks the system ROM If validated the system BIOS continues the boot sequence If the system ROM fails the che
184. hnical Reference Guide Appendix KEYBOARD C 1 INTRODUCTION This appendix describes the Compaq keyboard that is included as standard with the system unit The keyboard complies with the industry standard classification of an enhanced keyboard and includes a separate cursor control key cluster twelve function keys and enhanced programmability for additional functions This appendix covers the following keyboard types Standard enhanced keyboard Space Saver Windows version keyboard featuring three additional keys for specific support of the Windows operating system Only one type of keyboard is supplied with each system Other types may be available as an option NOTE This appendix discusses only the keyboard unit The keyboard interface is a function of the system unit and is discussed in Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces Topics covered in this appendix include the following Keystroke processing C 2 page C 2 Compaq Personal Computers 1 Change April 1998 Appendix Keyboard 2 KEYSTROKE PROCESSING A functional block diagram of the keystroke processing elements is shown in Figure C 1 Power 5 VDC is obtained from the system through the PS 2 type interface The keyboard uses a Z86C14 or equivalent microprocessor The Z86C14 scans the key matrix drivers every 10 ms for pressed keys while at the same time monitoring communications with the keyboard interface of the system unit Whe
185. ication data EDID Two subfunctions are provided AX E8 13h BH 00h retrieves the EDID information while AX E8 13h BX 01h determines the level of DDC support Input AX E813h BH 00 Get EDID BH 01 Get DDC support level If BH 00 then DS E SI Pointer to a buffer 128 bytes where ROM will return block If 32 bit protected mode then DS E SI Pointer to DDC location Output Successful IfBH 0 DS SI Buffer with EDID file CX Number of bytes written CF 0 00h Completion of command IfBH 1 BH System DDC support lt 0 gt 1 DDCI1 support lt gt 1 DDC2 support BL Monitor support lt 0 gt 1 DDCI1 support lt gt 1 DDC2 support lt 2 gt 1 Screen blanked during transfer Failure CF 1 86h or 87h 8 4 4 DRIVE FAULT PREDICTION The Compaq BIOS provides direct Drive Fault Prediction support for IDE type hard drives This feature is provided through two BIOS calls Function INT 15 AX E817h is used to retrieve a 512 byte block of drive attribute data while the INT 15 AX E81Bh is used to retrieve the drive s warranty threshold data If data is returned indicating possible failure then the following message is displayed 1720 Intellisafe Hard Drive detects imminent failure Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 8 13 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM 8 4 5 SYSTEM MAP RETRIEVAL The BIOS function INT 15 AX E820h will return b
186. ications 6 4 page 6 11 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 6 1 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September1998 Chapter 6 Audio Subsystem 6 2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION A block diagram of the audio subsystem is shown in Figure 6 1 The architecture is based on the ES1869 audio controller that provides the ADC DAC FM synthesis spatializer 3D audio and mixing functions The audio output is processed though a six level equalizer designed to compensate for chassis acoustics A 5 watt low distortion amplifier TDA7056A drives a long excursion speaker for optimum sound All audio functions are controlled by software The software volume control uses 6 bit resolution providing 64 levels In addition to the connections provided for CD ROM four analog interfaces are provided to connect to external audio devices and are discussed in the following paragraphs Line In This input uses a three conductor stereo mini jack for connecting left and right channel line level signals 20 K ohm impedance A typical connection would be to a tuner s Line Out or Record Out jacks or to a tape deck s Line Out or Playback Output jacks A less optimum but acceptable connection would be to the headphone output of the tape deck or CD player Line Out This output uses a three conductor stereo mini jack for connecting left and right channel line level signals 20 K ohm impedance A typical connection would be to a tape recorder
187. ics card The AGP bus is closely associated with the PCI bus but operates at 66 and allows data pipelining sideband addressing and frame mode transfers for increased 3D graphics performance The ISA bus provides a standard 8 MHz interface for the input output I O devices such as the keyboard diskette drive serial and parallel interfaces as well as the addition of 16 or 8 bit expansion devices The north and south bridge functions are provided by the 440BX AGPset designed to compliment the processor The support chipset also provides memory controller and data buffering functions as well as bus control and arbitration functions The I O interfaces and diskette drive controller are integrated into the PC87307 I O Controller This component also includes the real time clock and battery backed configuration memory CMOS Table 2 1 lists differences between system models Table 2 1 Model Differences Model 3200 Model 4300 Model 6400 Model 9100 Form Factor DT MT DT MT DT MT MT CPU Speed MHz 266 300 333 333 350 400 300 333 350 400 400 450 Host Bus Speed MHz 66 66 100 100 66 66 100 100 100 Hard Drive 3 2 GB UATA 4 3 GB SCSI 6 4 GB UATA 9 1 GB SCSI System Memory Standard 16 32 MB SDRAM 32 64 MB ECC 32 64 MB SDRAM 64 MB ECC Maximum installable 384 MB 384 MB 384 MB 384 MB Graphics Controller ATI RAGE PRO ATI RAGE PRO ATI RAGE PRO ATI RAGE PRO Turbo Turbo Turbo Turbo AGP 1X Card AGP 2X Card AGP 1X 2X Card AGP 2X
188. idge to request an ISA memory device to accept data from the data lines for access below one megabyte SMEMW is a delayed version MWTC IORC Input Output Read Cycle IORC commands ISA I O device to drive data onto the data lines IOWC Input Output Write Cycle IOWC commands an ISA I O device to accept data from the data lines SBHE System Byte High Enable SBHE indicates that a byte is being transferred on the upper half D15 8 of the data lines 5 0 System Address Bit lt 0 gt This bit is the complement of SBHE and indicates that a byte is being transferred on the lower half D7 0 of the data lines M16 16 bit Memory Cycle M16 is asserted by 16 bit ISA devices to indicate 16 bit memory cycle capability 1016 16 bit I O Cycle IO16 is asserted by 16 bit ISA devices to indicate 16 bit I O cycle transfer capability If the address on the SA lines is above one megabyte SMRDC and SMWTC will not be active The MRDC and MWTC signals are active for memory accesses up to 16 megabytes and can be used by any device that uses the full 16 bit ISA bus To request a 16 bit transfer a device asserts either the M16 memory or IO16 I O signal when the device is addressed When another device such as a DMA device or another bus master takes control of the ISA the Bus Address Latch Enable BALE signal is held active for the duration of the operation As a result signals LA23 17 are alwa
189. iguration Options PnP SCAM Support Disabled Reset SCSI BIOS at IC Initialization Enabled Host Adapter BIOS Config Utility Reserves Enabled Support Removable Fixed Disks Under BIOS Disabled Extended BIOS Translation for gt 1 Drives Enabled Display Ctlr A gt Message During BIOS Init Enabled Multiple LUN Support Disabled BIOS Support for Bootable CD ROM Disabled BIOS Support for INT 18 Extensions Enabled Support for Ultra SCSI Speed Enabled Silent Verbose Mode Setting Silent POST Speedup Feature Enabled Write Cache Enabled E 4 Compaq Personal Computers Original April 1998 6 SCSI CONNECTORS Technical Reference Guide Pin 1 Figure 3 Ultra SCSI Connector 50 pin as seen from rear of card Table E 3 SCSI Connector Pinout P Function Function 1 GND Ground 26 DBO Data Bit 0 2 GND Ground 27 DB1 Data Bit 1 3 GND Ground 28 DB2 Data Bit 2 4 GND Ground 29 DB3 Data Bit 3 5 GND Ground 30 DB4 Data Bit 4 6 GND Ground 31 DB5 Data Bit 5 7 GND Ground 32 DB6 Data Bit 6 8 GND Ground 33 DB7 Data Bit 7 9 GND Ground 34 DBP Data Bus Pulse 10 GND Ground 35 GND Ground 11 GND Ground 36 GND Ground 12 GND Ground 37 GND Ground 13 RSVD Reserved 38 TERMPWR __ Termination Power 14 GND Ground 39 GND Ground 15 GND Ground 40 GND Ground 16 GND Ground 41 ATN Attention 17 GND G
190. ilure BIOS cannot access drive A Diskette Drive B Failure BIOS cannot access drive B Gate A20 Failure Gate A20 of keyboard controller not working Invalid Boot Diskette BIOS can read but cannot boot system from drive A Keyboard Controller Error Keyboard controller failure Keyboard is Locked Please Unlock It Locked keyboard Keyboard Stuck Key Detected Key pressed down Master DMA Controller Error Error exists in master DMA controller Master Interrupt Controller Error Master interrupt controller failure Memory Size Decreased Amount of memory detected is less than stated value in CMOS NVRAM Checksum Error NVRAM Cleared ESCD data was re initialized due to NVRAM checksum error NVRAM Cleared By Jumper NVRAM has been cleared by removal of jumper NVRAM Data Invalid NVRAM Cleared Invalid entry in ESCD Off Board Parity Error Addr HEX X Parity error occurred in expansion memory x address of error Parallel Port Resource Conflict Parallel port has requested a resource already in use PCI Error Log is Full PCI conflict error limit 15 has been reached PCI I O Port Conflict Two devices requested the same resource PCI Memory Conflict Two devices requested the same resource Primary Boot Device Not Found Designated primary boot device could not be found Primary IDE Resource Conflict
191. ines is to be asserted high for the IDSEL signal which acts as a chip select function for the PCI device to be configured 3130 24 23 16 15 11 10 8 7 210 F Bus Device Function Register Register 8 Reserved Number Number Number Index 0 Results in 21 7 11 10 87 2 110 AD31 0 Function Register w Type 0 IDSEL only one signal line asserted Number Index Config Cycle Figure 4 3 0 Configuration Cycle Type 0 configuration cycles are used for configuring devices on PCI bus 0 Type 1 configuration cycles reg OCF8h bits 1 0 01b are passed on to PCI bus 1 if present Table 4 3 shows the standard configuration of device numbers and IDSEL connections for components and slots residing on a PCI bus Table 4 3 PCI Component Configuration Access Device IDSEL PCI Component Bus No 1 Wired to 82443 North Bridge 0 0 AD11 AGP slot 1 0 AD16 USB 0 9 AD20 PCI Connector 1 PCI slot 1 0 13 AD24 PCI Connector 2 PCI slot 2 0 14 AD25 PCI Connector 3 PCI slot 3 0 15 AD26 PCI Connector 4 PCI slot 4 0 16 AD27 PCI Connector 5 PCI slot 5 2 0 17 AD29 82371 South Bridge 0 20 AD31 NOTES CF8h bits lt 15 11 gt 2 Minitower only The function number CF8h bits lt 10 8 gt is used to select a particular function within a multifunction device Configurable functions present in system as shipped from the factory a
192. ing the value specified at offset 04h to retrieve the CM services entry point The following entry conditions are used for calling the Desktop Management service directory INPUT EAX Service Identifier SCLM EBX 31 8 Reserved EBX 7 0 Must be set to 00h CS Code selector set to encompass the physical page holding entry point as well as the immediately following physical page It must have the same base CS is execute read DS Data selector set to encompass the physical page holding entry point as well as the immediately following physical page It must have the same base DS is read only SS Stack selector must provide at least 1 of stack space be 32 bit permissions must be provided so that the BIOS can support as necessary OUTPUT AL Return code 00h requested service is present 80h requested service is not present 81h un implemented function specified in BL 86h and CF 1 function not supported EBX Physical address to use as the selector BASE for the service ECX Value to use as the selector LIMIT for the service EDX Entry point for the service relative to the BASE returned in EBX The following subsections describe aspects of Desktop Management unique to this system For a general description of these BIOS functions refer to the Compaq BIOS Technical Reference Guide Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 8 5 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapt
193. ining codes and status data In Mode 2 the keyboard generates the Break code a two byte sequence that consists of a Make code immediately preceded by FOh 1 Break code for OEh is FOh OEh Mode 3 Mode 3 generates a different scan code set from Modes 1 2 Code translation must be disabled since translation for this mode cannot be done Compaq Personal Computers 9 Change April 1998 Appendix Keyboard Table C 2 Keyboard Scan Codes Key Make Break Codes Hex Pos Legend Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 1 Esc 01 81 76 0 76 08 na 2 F1 3B BB 05 0 05 07 na 3 F2 06 0 06 OF na 4 F3 3D BD 04 0 04 17 na 5 F4 3E BE 0 0 1F na 6 F5 3F BF 03 F0 03 27 na 7 F6 40 0 OB FO 2F na 8 F7 41 C1 83 0 83 37 na 9 F8 42 C2 OA FO 10 F9 43 C3 01 FO 01 47 na 11 F10 44 4 09 0 09 4F na 12 F11 57 07 78 0 78 56 13 12 58 08 07 0 07 14 Print Scrn EO 2A EO 37 E0 B7 AA EO 2A EO 7C EO FO 7C FO 12 57 na EO 37 0 B7 1 2 EO 7C EO FO 7C 1 2 54 84 3 84 FO 84 3 15 Scroll Lock 46 C6 7E FO 7E 5F na 16 Pause E1 1D 45 E1 9D C5 na E1 14 77 E1 14 FO 77 na 62 na EO 46 C6 na 3 EO 7E FO 7E na 3 17 29 A9 EO OE FO OE 18 1 02 82 16 F0 16 46 0 46 19 2 03 83 1E FO 1E 1E 20 3 04 84 26 0 26 26 0 26 21 4 05
194. ining the attention of the CPU Table 5 17 CPU Commands To The 8042 Value Command Description 20h Put current command byte in port 60h 60h Load new command byte This is a two byte operation described as follows 1 Write 60h to port 64h 2 Write the command byte to port 60h as follows Bit 7 Reserved 6 Keyboard Code Conversion 0 Do not convert codes 1 Convert codes to 9 bit 8088 8086 compatible format Bit 5 Pointing Device Enable 0 Enable pointing device 1 Disable pointing device Bit 4 Keyboard Enable 0 Enable keyboard 1 Disable keyboard Bit 3 Reserved Bit 2 System Flag 0 Cold boot 1 CPU reset exit from protected mode Bit 1 Pointing Device Interrupt Enable 0 Disable interrupt 1 Enable interrupt Bit 0 Keyboard Interrupt Enable 0 Disable interrupt 1 Enable interrupt A4h Test password installed Tests whether or not a password is installed in the 8042 If FAh is returned password is installed If F1h is returned no password is installed A5h Load password This multi byte operation places a password in the 8042 using the following manner 1 Write A5h to port 64h 2 Write each character of the password in 9 bit scan code translated format to port 60h 3 Write 00h to port 60h A6h Enable security This command places the 8042 in password lock mode following the A5h command The correct password must then be entered before further communication with
195. installed Configuration Bytes 15h and 16h Base Memory Size Default Value 280h Bytes 15h and 16h hold a 16 bit value that specifies the base memory size in 1 KB 1024 increments Valid base memory sizes 512 and 640 kilobytes Configuration Bytes 17h and 18h Extended Memory Size Bytes 17h and 18h hold a 16 bit value that specifies the extended memory size in 1 KB increments Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 33 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support Configuration Bytes 19h 1Ch Hard Drive Types Byte 19h contains the hard drive type for drive 1 of the primary controller if byte 12h bits lt 7 4 gt hold 1111b Byte 1Ah contains the hard drive type for drive 2 of the primary controller if byte 12h bits lt 3 0 gt hold 1111b BytesI Bh and 1Ch contain the hard drive types for hard drives 1 and 2 of the secondary controller Configuration Byte 1Dh Enhanced IDE Hard Drive Support Default Value FOh 7 EIDE Drive C 83h EIDE Drive D 82h 4 EIDE Drive F 80h 3 0 Values for bits 7 4 0 Disable 1 Enable for auto configure 7 6 3 0 Configuration Byte 1Fh Power Management Functions Default Value 00h Function 24 3 Slow Processor Clock for Low Power Mode 0 Processor runs at full speed 1 Processor runs at slow speed 1 Monitor Off Mode 0 Turn monitor power off after 45 minutes in standby 1
196. ion test failed 105 10 Port 61 test failed 102 01 FPU initial sts word incorrect 105 11 Port 61 bit 7 not at zero 102 02 FPU initial cntrl Word incorrect 105 12 Port 61 bit 2 not at zero 102 03 FPU tag word not all ones 105 13 No interrupt generated by failsafe timer 102 04 FPU tag word not all zeros 105 14 NMI not triggered by failsafe timer 102 05 FPU exchange command failed 106 01 Keyboard controller test failed 102 06 FPU masked exception error 107 01 CMOS RAM test failed 102 07 FPU unmasked exception error 108 02 CMOS interrupt test failed 102 08 FPU wrong mask status bit set 108 03 CMOS not properly initialized interrupt test 102 09 FPU unable to store real number 109 01 CMOS clock load data test failed 102 10 FPU real number calc test failed 109 02 CMOS clock rollover test failed 102 11 FPU speed test failed 109 03 CMOS properly initialized clock test 102 12 FPU pattern test failed 110 01 Programmable timer load data test failed 102 15 FPU is inoperative or not present 110 02 Programmable timer dynamic test failed 102 16 Weitek not responding 110 03 Program timer 2 load data test failed 102 17 Weitek failed register trnsfr Test 111 01 Refresh detect test failed 102 18 Weitek failed arithemetic ops test 112 01 Speed test Slow mode out of range 102 19 Weitek failed data conv Test 112 02 Speed test Mixed mode out of range 102 20 Weitek failed interrupt test 112 03 Speed test Fast mode out of range 102 21 Weite
197. ird Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 5 5 4 2 Parallel Interface Control The BIOS function INT 17 provides simplified control of the parallel interface Basic functions such as initialization character printing and printer status are provide by subfunctions of INT 17 parallel interface is controllable by software through a set of I O mapped registers The number and type of registers available depends on the mode used SPP EPP or ECP Table 5 13 lists the parallel registers and associated functions based on mode Table 5 13 Parallel Interface Control Registers yo SPP Mode EPP Mode ECP Mode Register Address Ports Ports Ports Data Base LPT1 2 3 LPT1 2 LPT1 2 3 Status Base 1h LPT1 2 3 LPT1 2 LPT1 2 3 Control Base 2h LPT1 2 3 LPT1 2 LPT1 2 3 Address Base LPT1 2 Data 0 Base 4h LPT1 2 Data 1 Base 5h LPT1 2 Data 2 Base 6h LPT1 2 Data 3 Base 7h LPT1 2 Parallel Data FIFO Base 400h LPT1 2 3 ECP Data FIFO Base 400h LPT1 2 3 Test FIFO Base 400h LPT1 2 3 Configuration Register A Base 400h LPT1 2 3 Configuration Register B Base 401h LPT1 2 3 Extended Control Register Base 402h zm LPT1 2 3 Base Address LPT1 378h LPT2 278h LPT3 3BCh The following paragraphs describe the individual registers Note that only the LPT1 based addresses are given in these des
198. it CTR 37Ah bit 5 controls the latching of output data while allowing a CPU read to fetch data present on the data lines thereby providing bi directional parallel transfers to occur The SPP mode uses three registers for operation the Data register DTR the Status register STR and the Control register CTR Address decoding in SPP mode includes address lines AO and 1 5 20 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 5 5 2 5 5 3 Technical Reference Guide ENHANCED PARALLEL PORT MODE In Enhanced Parallel Port EPP mode increased data transfers are possible up to 2 MB s due to a hardware protocol that provides automatic address and strobe generation EPP revisions 1 7 and 1 9 are both supported For the parallel interface to be initialized for EPP mode a negotiation phase is entered to detect whether or not the connected peripheral is compatible with EPP mode If compatible then EPP mode can be used In EPP mode system timing is closely coupled to EPP timing A watchdog timer is used to prevent system lockup Five additional registers are available in EPP mode to handle 16 and 32 bit CPU accesses with the parallel interface Address decoding includes address lines 0 A1 and A2 EXTENDED CAPABILITIES PORT MODE The Extended Capabilities Port ECP mode like EPP also uses a hardware protocol based design that supports transfers up to 2 M
199. ity LED 8 Link LED 9 NIC Connector 10 SCSI connector 11 Audio Headphone Input 12 Audio Microphone Input 13 Audio Line Output 14 Audio Line Input 15 Keyboard Connector 16 Mouse Connector 17 Parallel Interface Connector 18 Serial Interface Connector 1 19 Serial Interface Connector 2 20 Graphics Monitor Connector Figure 2 3 Cabinet Layouts Rear View Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 2 5 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 2 System Overview 2 3 2 CHASSIS LAYOUTS Figures 2 4 and 2 5 show the layout of key assemblies within the desktop and minitower chassis respectively For serviceability this system features an expansion card cage that allows easy removal of the backplane and expansion cards as a single assembly The tilt drive cage tilts up for easy removal replacement of drives For detailed information on servicing the chassis refer to the multimedia training CD ROM and or the maintenance and service guide for this system PCI Slot 4 SCSI Card ISA Slot oo eee Se lt Back ee Expansion Card Cage Slots On Backplane Rear View Power Supply AGP NLX 7 Graphics Card Wide Ultra 1 SCSI Card A System Board 4 Tilt Drive Cage Speaker Processor Chassis Fan Front Figure 2 4 Desktop Chassis Layout Top View 2 6 gt
200. k failed speed test 112 04 Speed test unable to enter Slow mode 103 01 DMA page registers test failed 112 05 Speed test unable to enter Mixed mode 103 02 DMA byte controller test failed 112 06 Speed test unable to enter Fast mode 103 03 DMA word controller test failed 112 07 Speed test system error 104 01 Master int cntlr test fialed 112 08 Unable to enter Auto mode in speed test 104 02 Slave int cntlr test failed 112 09 Unable to enter High mode in speed test 104 03 Int SW inoperative 112 10 Speed test High mode out of range 105 01 Port 61 bit not at zero 112 11 Speed test Auto mode out of range 105 02 Port 61 bit 5 not at zero 112 12 Speed test variable speed mode inoperative 105 03 Port 61 bit 3 not at zero 113 01 Protected mode test failed 105 04 Port 61 bit 1 not at zero 114 01 Speaker test failed 105 05 Port 61 bit 0 not at zero 116 xx Way 0 read write test failed 105 06 Port 61 bit 5 not at one 199 00 Installed devices test failed 105 07 Port 61 bit 3 not at one Changed April 1998 Compaq Personal Computers Appendix Error Messages and Codes A 6 MEMORY ERROR MESSAGES 2xx xx Table A 5 Memory Error Messages Message Probable Cause 200 04 Real memory size changed 200 05 Extended memory size changed 200 06 Invalid memory configuration 200 07 Extended memory size changed
201. l distribution 7 7 SilentBoot 8 2 single edge connector 3 2 Smart Cover Lock 4 55 Smart Cover removal sensor 4 55 SMBIOS 8 20 SMI 4 26 spatializer 6 2 speaker 6 2 special cycles 4 8 specifications electrical 2 15 environmental 2 15 physical 2 15 power supply 7 7 Specifications 8x CD ROM Drive 2 16 Audio subsystem 6 11 Diskette Drive 2 16 Hard Drive 2 18 SCSI Host Adapter E 3 specifications system 2 15 system board 2 9 system ID 8 6 system information table SIT 8 6 system management 4 51 system memory 2 13 3 6 system ROM 2 13 8 1 tempurature sensor 4 54 thermal considerations 3 5 thermister 4 56 timer interval 4 27 UART 5 14 Universal Serial Bus USB interface 5 34 upggrading BIOS 8 24 upgrading Ethernet interface D 4 upgrading processor 3 5 USB interface 5 34 USB legacy support 8 24 USB ports 2 14 VESA connector F 8 wake up power 7 4 wake up events 7 4 wake up remote D 4 Wake On LAN WOL D 1 WOL 7 4 This page is intentionally blank
202. le 2 Sample 1 Sample 3 Sample Sample 2 Sample 2 Sample 1 Sample 1 B DIeferoo Right Left Right Left Right Left Sample 3 Sample 2 Sample 1 16 bit Mono Mono MonoLo MonoHi MonoHi Mono Lo Sample 3 Sample 2 Sample 1 16 bit Stereo LeftHi LeftLo RightHi RightLo LeftHi LeftLo Figure 6 4 Audio Subsystem to ISA Bus PCM Audio Data Formats Byte Ordering 6 6 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 6 2 2 Technical Reference Guide FM SYNTHESIS AUDIO PROCESSING The audio subsystem supports playback of MIDI MID files A MID file does not contain audio information in the same way that WAV files do In MID files audio data consists of note on off tone type and amplification information Audio stored in the MID file format has the benefit of taking up far less space than audio stored as WAV files The ES1869 controller includes a 20 voice four operator frequency modulated FM synthesizer In FM synthesis one signal the carrier is forced to vary from it s center frequency by another signal the modulator resulting in a sideband or harmonic frequency The frequency of the harmonic is determined by the original carrier frequency and the modulating frequency The number of harmonics generated is determined by the strength amplitude of the modulating signal The microsystem that produces
203. ler 1 0040 0043h Timer 1 0060h Keyboard Controller Data Byte 0061h NMI Speaker Control 0064h Keyboard Controller Command Status Byte 0070h NMI Enable RTC Lower CMOS Index 0071h RTC Data 0078h 007Bh GPIO Port 1 Control 87307 I O controller 007Ch 007Fh GPIO Port 2 Control 87307 I O controller 0080 008Fh DMA Page Registers 0092h Port A Fast A20 Reset 00A0 00A1h Interrupt Controller 2 Control Status Ports 00CO0 00DFh DMA Controller 2 OOFOh Math Coprocessor Busy Clear 015C 015Dh 87307 Controller Configuration Registers Index Data 0170 0177h Hard Drive IDE Controller 2 01F0 01FFh Hard Drive IDE Controller 1 0201 024Fh Audio subsystem control primary amp secondary addresses 0278 027Bh Parallel Port LPT2 02F8 02FFh Serial Port COM2 0371 0375h Diskette Drive Controller Alternate Addresses 0376h IDE Controller Alternate Address 0377h IDE Controller Alternate Address Diskette Drive Controller Alternate Address 0378 037Fh Parallel Port LPT1 0388 038Bh FM synthesizer alias addresses 03B0 03DFh Graphics Controller 03E8 03EFh Serial Port COMS 03F0 03F5h Diskette Drive Controller Primary Addresses 03F6 7 Diskette Drive Controller Primary Addresses Hard Drive Controller Primary Addresses 03F8 03FFh Serial Port COM1 0400 04D1h Master Slave
204. me buffer memory expansion NOTE The graphic card s edge connector mates with the AGP connector on the system board This interface is described in chapter 4 F 6 1 MEMORY EXPANSION CONNECTOR A memory expansion connector is included allowing the expansion of frame buffer memory This connector accepts an industry standard 144 pin SODIMM The SODIMM socket on the AGP 1X card has a 2 MB SGRAM module installed as standard The SODIMM socket on the AGP 2X card is not populated and can accept a 4 MB SGRAM module for expansion to eight megabytes F 6 Compaq Personal Computers Original April 1998 6 2 MONITOR CONNECTOR Technical Reference Guide Figure F 4 VGA Monitor Connector Female DB 15 as viewed from rear Table F 6 DB 15 Monitor Connector Pinout Pin Signal Description Pin Signal Description 1 R Red Analog 9 PWR 5 VDC fused 1 2 G Blue Analog 10 GND Ground 3 B Green Analog 11 NC Not Connected 4 NC Not Connected 12 SDA DDC2 B Data 5 GND Ground 13 HSync Horizontal Sync 6 R GND Red Analog Ground 14 VSync Vertical Sync 7 G GND Blue Analog Ground 15 SCL DDC2 B Clock 8 B GND Green Analog Ground NOTES 1 Fuse automatically resets when excessive load is removed Compaq Personal Computers F 7 Original April 1998 Appendix F ATI RAGE PRO Graphics Cards F 6 3 ATI MULTIMEDIA CHANNEL CONNECTOR The ATI Multimedia Channel AMC is provided through a 40 pin header Fi
205. mit exceeded 17xx 49 Failed to read media in file write test 17xx 73 Previously exceeded bad track limit 17xx 50 Failed write test 1700 xx Hard drive ID test 1701 xx Hard drive format test 1702 xx Hard drive read test 1703 xx Hard drive read write compare test 1704 xx Hard drive random seek test 1705 xx Hard drive controller test 1706 xx Hard drive ready test 1707 xx Hard drive recalibrate test 1708 xx Hard drive format bad track test 1709 xx Hard drive reset controller test Compaq Personal Computers 1710 xx Hard drive park head test 1714 xx Hard drive file write test 1715 xx Hard drive head select test 1716 xx Hard drive conditional format test 1717 xx Hard drive ECC test 1719 xx Hard drive power mode test 1721 xx SCSI hard drive imminent failure 1724 xx Net work preparation test 1736 xx Drive monitoring test 1799 xx Invalid hard drive type Changed April 1998 Technical Reference Guide A 14 HARD DRIVE ERROR MESSAGES 19xx xx Table A 13 Hard Drive Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 19xx 01 Drive not installed 19 21 Got servo pulses second time but not first 19xx 02 Cartridge not installed 19xx 22 Never got to EOT after servo check 19 03 Tape motion error 19xx 23 Change line unset 19xx 04 Drive busy erro 19xx 24 Write protect error 19xx 05 Track seek error 19xx 25 Unable
206. mory incompatible message will be displayed the system will halt If ECC DIMMs are used all DIMMs installed must be ECC for ECC benefits error logging to be realized Once BIOS determines the DIMM type the DRAM speed and CAS latency is checked based on the following criteria Access from Bus Speed Cycle Time Clock 66 MHz 15 ns 9 ns 50 pf loading 100 MHz 10 ns 6 ns 50 pf loalding NOTE Refer to chapter 8 for a description of the BIOS procedure of interrogating DIMMs Only CAS latencies of 2 or 3 are supported If DIMMs with unequal CAS latencies are installed then operation will occur based on the DIMM with the greatest latency If an incompatible DIMM is detected the NUM LOCK will blink for a short period of time during POST and an error message may or may not be displayed before the system hangs The system memory map is shown in Figure 3 3 3 6 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Table 3 3 SPD Address Map SDRAM DIMM Byte Description Notes Byte Description Notes 0 No of Bytes Written Into EEPROM 1 27 Min Row Prechge Time 7 1 Total Bytes In EEPROM 2 28 Min Row Active to Delay 7 2 Memory Type 29 Min RAS to CAS Delay 7 3 No of Row Addresses On DIMM 3 30 31 Reserved 4 No of Column Addresses On DIMM 32 61
207. n a key is pressed a Make code is generated A Break code is generated when the key is released The Make and Break codes are collectively referred to as scan codes keys generate Make and Break codes with the exception of the Pause key which generates a Make code only Num Caps Scroll Lock Lock Lock Data Drivers Keyboard pd Keyboard RES Interface Matrix Processor System Unit Receivers Figure C 1 Keystroke Processing Elements Block Diagram When the system is turned on the keyboard processor generates a Power On Reset POR signal after a period of 150 ms to 2 seconds The keyboard undergoes a Basic Assurance Test BAT that checks for shorted keys and basic operation of the keyboard processor The BAT takes from 300 to 500 ms to complete If the keyboard fails the BAT an error code is sent to the CPU and the keyboard is disabled until an input command is received After successful completion of the POR and BAT a completion code AAh is sent to the CPU and the scanning process begins The keyboard processor includes a 16 byte FIFO buffer for holding scan codes until the system is ready to receive them Response and typematic codes are not buffered If the buffer 15 full 16 bytes held 17 byte of a successive scan code results in an overrun condition and the overrun code replaces the scan code byte and any additional scan code data and the re
208. nd to receive responses from the 8042 for commandis that require a response A read of 60h by the CPU yields the byte held in the output buffer The output buffer holds data that has been received from the keyboard and is to be transferred to the system A CPU write to 60h places a data byte in the input byte buffer and sets the CMD DATA bit of the Status register to DATA The input buffer is used for transferring data from the system to the keyboard data written to this port by the CPU will be transferred to the keyboard except bytes that follow a multibyte command that was written to 64h Port 64h port 64h is used for reading the status register and for writing commands read of 64h by the CPU will yield the status byte defined as follows General Purpose Flags CMD DATA Flag reflects the state of A2 during a CPU write 0 Data 1 Command General Purpose Flag 1 Input Buffer Full Set to 1 upon a CPU write Cleared by IN A DBB instruction 0 Output Buffer Full if set Cleared by a CPU read of the buffer A CPU write to I O port 64h places a command value into the input buffer and sets the CMD DATA bit of the status register bit lt 3 gt to CMD 5 30 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Table 5 18 lists the commands that can be sent to the 8042 by the CPU The 8042 uses IRQI for ga
209. ned as the end source or target of the bus transaction A device component or slot may contain one or more functions 1 in this system the PCI ISA Bridge function EIDE controller function USB function and ACPI function are contained within the South Bridge component Host Bus 82443 North Bridge Host PCI PCI AGP Bridge Bridge Function Function 32 Bit PCI Bus PCI ISA EIDE USB Bridge Controller VF Manage Function Function Function Function 82371 South Bridge 4 ISA Bus Minitower only Figure 4 1 PCI Bus Devices and Functions 4 2 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 4 2 1 CONNECTOR 62 52 49 B1 2 A52 A49 A Figure 4 2 PCI Bus Connector 32 Bit Type 1 Table 4 1 PCI Bus Connector Pinout Pin X BSignal A Signal Pin X BSignal A Signal 01 12 VDC TRST 32 AD17 AD16 02 12 VDC 33 2 3 3 03 GND TMS 34 GND FRAME 04 TDO TDI 35 IRDY GND 05 5 5 36 3 3 TRDY 06 5 VDC INTA 37 DEVSEL GND 07 INTB INTC 38 GND STOP 08 INTD 5 VDC 39 LOCK 3 3 VDC 09 PRSNT1 Reserved 40 PERR SDONE 10 RSVD 45 VDC 41 3 3 VDC SBO 11 PRSNT2 Reserved 42 SERR GND 12 GND GND 43 3 3
210. nn 5 23 DB 25 PARALLEL CONNECTOR PINOUT 1 1 2 2 212 2 210040000000000002000000000000 nes nsns nnn 5 26 8042 To KEYBOARD COMMANDS 5 28 KEYBOARD MOUSE INTERFACE CONFIGURATION REGISTERS eee 5 29 CPU COMMANDS 8042 2000222000 0 0 2 020000000000000 a nnne esses 5 31 KEYBOARD POINTING DEVICE CONNECTOR PINOUT eese 5 33 USB INTERFACE CONFIGURATION 8 6 100010000000050500 nnne 5 34 USB CONTROE REGISTERS int E e e tec EU et E NER EXE ERA E v d 5 35 USB CONNECTOR PINOUT 5 35 AUDIO MODE DIFFERENCES 000000000010000000000050070 0 00 6 6 AUDIO SUBSYSTEM I O ee nE EAE EESE EET 6 9 COMPATIBILITY MODE AUDIO MIXER CONTROL REGISTER 6 9 EXTENDED MODE AUDIO MIXER CONTROL REGISTER MAPPING eee 6 10 FM SYNTHESIZER CONTROL REGISTER 24 2 41 2 2 2444 240 0000 00000000000004 6 10 AUDIO SUBSYSTEM 8 4 2 20500000600000020000000000105 00000 6 11 POWER SUPPLY ASSEMBLY 8 4 2222022 6010200000000000000000100 00 7 2 DESKTOP MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS 5 222 600
211. ntized 1779 Values Technical Reference Guide DAC Operation The digital to analog conversion DAC simply reverses the procedure of the ADC The digital audio data stream is received by the DAC and the quantized values are decoded at the sampling rate Figure 6 3A into DC levels resulting in a discrete level wave form Figure 6 3B A filter provides the final shaping of the wave Figure 6 3C before it is applied to the analog output circuitry r 9 Tea i 2 50 51 S2 S3 54 S5 S6 57 58 S9 S10 A Quantized Value Decoding B Discrete Level Waveform C Final Analog Output Figure 6 3 DAC Operation Compressed sound formats efficiently use space by concentrating sampling quantizing in the middle of the sound spectrum and are suited for voice capture playback The DAC of the ES1869 controller supports two type of compressed sound ADPCM and ESPCM The ADPCM compressed format is compatible with common industry sound subsystems while ESPCM is a proprietary format that offers greater performance Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 6 5 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September1998 Chapter 6 Audio Subsystem 6 2 1 3 PCM Configuration Modes PCM operation can be configured for compatible common sound board functionality mode or set up for extended mode which has some performance advantages Table 6 1 li
212. o the output buffer so that they can be read at port 60h The contents are as follows Bit 7 Password Enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 6 External Boot Enable 0 Enabled 1 Disabled Bit 5 Setup Enable 0 Enabled 1 Disabled Bit 4 Enable 0 Enabled 1 Disabled Bit 3 Diskette Writes 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Bit 2 Reserved Bit 1 Pointing Device Data Input Line Bit 0 Keyboard Data Input Line C2h Poll Input Port High This command directs the 8042 to place bits lt 7 4 gt of the input port into the upper half of the status byte on a continous basis until another command is received C3h Poll Input Port Low This command directs the 8042 to place bits lt 3 0 gt of the input port into the lower half of the status byte on a continous basis until another command is received DOh Read output port This command directs the 8042 to transfer the contents of the output port to the output buffer so that they can be read at port 60h The contents are as follows Bit lt 7 gt Keyboard data stream Bit 6 Keyboard clock Bit 5 IRQ12 pointing device interrupt Bit 4 IRQ1 keyboard interrupt Bit 3 Pointing device clock Bit 2 Pointing device data Bit 1 A20 Control 0 Hold A20 low 1 Enable A20 0 Reset Line Status 0 Inactive 1 Active Dih Write output port This command directs the 8042 to place the next byte writ
213. of Personal Computers 8 9 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM Memory Module Information Record SIT Record 08h mm 5 Value teh O ME EUER I Mene _ NOTE 1 Determined at runtime e 2 of 2 mra mrt jq Timeout Default Record SIT Record 09h EG CERE Value CMOS NVRAM Information Record SIT Record 0Ah e Num 00h No of Data Bytes in Record Size of EISA NVRAM or Extended CMOS Low Byte Automatic Server Recovery Record SIT Record Not Used Memory Banks Information Record SIT Record OCh Not Used Multiprocessor Feature Information Record SIT Record 0Dh Not Used 8 10 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Extended Disk Support Record SIT Record OEh Default Value No of Data Bytes in Record Pointer To Extended Disk table High Byte Pointer To Extended Disk table Low Byte NOTE 1 Determined at runtime System Record SIT Record OFh Not Used Product Name Header Record SIT Record 10h Value 10h 12h 02h 12 Product Name Compaq Deskpro Terminator Byte 00h DC DC Converter Record SIT Record 11h Not Used Processor Microcode Patch Record SIT Record 12h Default Value 12h 2 5 5
214. on September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support Table 4 18 lists the mapping of the configuration memory Locations 00h 3Fh may be accessed using OUT IN assembly language instructions or BIOS function INT15 AX E823h other locations should be accessed using the INT15 AX E845h function refer to Chapter 8 for BIOS function descriptions Table 4 18 Configuration Memory CMOS Map Location Function Location Function 00 0Dh Real time clock 41h 44h Hood Removal Time Stamp OEh Diagnostic status 45h Keyboard snoop byte OFh System reset code 46h Diskette drive status 10h Diskette drive type 47h Last IPL device 11h Reserved 48h 4Bh IPL priority 12h Hard drive type 4Ch 4Fh BVC priority 13h Security functions 51h ECC DIMM status 14h Equipment installed 52h Board revision from boot block 15h Base memory size low byte KB 53h SWSMI command 16h Base memory size high byte KB 54h SWSMI data 17h Extended memory low byte KB 55h APM command 18h Extended memory high byte KB 56h Erase Ease keyboard byte 19h Hard drive 1 primary controller 57h 76H Saved CMOS location 10h 2Fh 1Ah Hard drive 2 primary controller 77h 7Fh Administrator password 1Bh Hard drive 1 secondary controller 80h ECMOS diagnostic byte 1Ch Hard drive 2 secondary controller 81h 82h Total super ext memory tested good 1Dh Enhanced hard drive support 83h
215. on with a target If the PCI device already owns the bus a request is not needed and the device can simply assert FRAME and conduct the transaction Table 4 1 shows the grant and request signals assignments for the devices on the PCI bus Table 4 2 PCI Bus Mastering Devices REQ GNT Line Device REQO GNTO PCI Connector Slot 1 REQ1 GNT1 PCI Connector Slot 2 REQ2 GNT2 PCI Connector Slot 3 REQ3 GNT3 PCI Connector Slot 4 REQ4 GNT4 PCI Connector Slot 5 1 GREQ GGNT AGP Slot NOTE 1 Minitower only PCI bus arbitration is based on a round robin scheme that complies with the fairness algorithm specified by the PCI specification The bus parking policy allows for the current PCI bus owner excepting the PCI ISA bridge to maintain ownership of the bus as long as no request is asserted by another agent Note that most CPU to DRAM and AGP to DRAM accesses can occur concurrently with PCI traffic therefore reducing the need for the Host PCI bridge to compete for PCI bus ownership The PCI bus arbiter of the 443BX includes a Multi Transaction Timer MTT that provides additional control for bus agents that perform fragmented accesses or have real time access requirements The MTT allows the use of lower cost peripherals by the reduction of data buffering for multimedia applications such as video capture serial bus and RAID SCSI controllers The 82443 and the 82371 support the passive release mechanism which reduces PCI bus laten
216. onfiguration Byte 81h 82h Total Super Extended Memory Tested This byte holds the value of the amount of extended system memory that tested good during POST The amount is given in 64 KB increments 4 40 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Configuration Byte 83h Microprocessor Identification This byte holds the component ID and chip revision of the microprocessor Configuration Byte 84h Microprocessor Revision Configuration Byte 85h Administration Mode 5 ESCD Buffering 0 No buffering 1 ESCD buffered at 000 4 Hood Lock Enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled User Mode Flag Administration Mode Flag O Level1 1 Level2 Ima 00000 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Configuration Byte 86h Fast Boot Date Configuration Byte 87h Fast Boot Select Configuration Byte 88h Fast Boot Date Year Century Configuration Byte 89h APM Resume Timer Bit 7 indicates the timer status 0 disabled 1 timer set Configuration Byte 8Ah 8Fh Resume Timer These bytes hold the APM timer values Byte 8Ah minutes Byte 8Bh hours Byte 8Ch day Byte 8Dh month Byte 8Eh year Byte 8Fh century Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 41 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support Configuration Byte 90h 91h Total Super Extended Memory Configured
217. onfiguration space registers using PCI protocol described in chapter 4 Vender ID Device ID 8086h 1229h Control is through I O registers mapped in the 300h 30Fh range 0 4 RJ 45 CONNECTOR Pin Description 1 Transmit 2 Receive 3 Receive Low 6 Transmit Low Figure D 4 Ethernet TPE Connector RJ 45 viewed from card edge D 5 SPECIFICATIONS Table D 1 Operating Specifications Parameter Modes Supported Half or full duplex for 1 100BASE TX Power Management Support APM ACPI PCI Power Management Spec Power Consumption nominal Standby 2 41 watts Full On 2 61 watts Compaq Personal Computers D 5 Changed June 1998 Appendix Compaq 10 100 TX PCI Intel WOL UTP Controller This page is intentionally blank D 6 Compaq Personal Computers Changed June 1998 Technical Reference Guide Appendix E WIDE ULTRA SCSI HOST ADAPTER E 1 INTRODUCTION The Adaptec AHA 2940UW SCSI Host Adapter Compaq p n 334136 001 is a PCI peripheral that provides high performance interfacing with compatible SCSI peripherals specifically hard drives The card installs in a PCI slot and supports full bus mastering capability NOTE This appendix describes the Wide Ultra SCSI Adapter in general For detailed information on the Ultra SCSI Adapter card refer to Adaptec Inc documentation This appendix covers the following subj
218. op and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 4 17 Chapter 4 System Support 4 4 2 ISA BUS TRANSACTIONS The ISA bus supports 8 and 16 bit transfers at an 8 MHz rate Devices limited to 8 bit transfers use the lower byte portion data lines 7 0 while 16 bit transfers use the full bandwidth data lines 15 0 Addressing is handled by two classifications of address signals latched and latchable Latched address signals SA19 0 select the specific byte within the 1 MB section of memory defined by address lines LA23 17 Latchable address lines LA23 17 provide a longer setup time for pre chip selection or for pre address decoding for high speed memory and allow access to up to 16 megabytes of physical memory on the ISA bus The SA19 17 signals have the same values as the LA19 17 signals for all memory cycles The I O cycles use only the SA15 0 signals The key control signals are described as follows MRDC Memory Read Cycle MRDC is active on all ISA memory reads accessing memory from 000000h to FFFFFFh 5 System Memory Read SMEMR is asserted by the PCI ISA bridge to request an ISA memory device to drive data onto the data lines for accesses below one megabyte 5 is a delayed version of MRDC MWTC Memory Write Cycle MWTC is active on all ISA memory write cycles accessing memory from 000000h to FFFFFFh SMEMW System Memory Write SMEMW is asserted by the PCI ISA br
219. orts APM 1 2 as well as previous versions 1 1 and 1 0 The APM BIOS functions are listed in Table 8 3 Table 8 3 APM BIOS Functions INT15 AX Function 5300h APM Installation Check 5301h APM Connect Real Mode 5302h APM Connect 16 bit Protected Mode 5303h APM Connect 32 bit Protected Mode 5304h Interface Disconnect 5305h CPU Idle 5306h CPU Busy 5307h Set Power State 1 5308h Enable Disable Power Management 5309h Restore Power On Defaults 530Ah Get Power Status 530Bh Get PM Event 530Ch Get Power State 530Dh Enable Disable Device Power Management 530Eh APM Driver Version 530Fh Engage Disengage Power Management 5380h OEM Compaq Specific APM Function Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 8 23 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM 8 7 8 8 USB LEGACY SUPPORT The BIOS ROM checks the USB port during POST for the presence of a USB keyboard This allows a system with only a USB keyboard to be used during ROM based setup and also on a system with an OS that does not include a USB driver On such a system a keystroke will generate an SMI and the SMI handler will retrieve the data from the device and convert it to PS 2 data The data will be passed to the keyboard controller and processed as in the PS 2 interface Changing the delay and or typematic rate of a USB keyboard though BIOS function INT 16 is not supported Th
220. ould occur The OS then notifies the appropriate driver s and reports back to the BIOS For maximum energy conservation benefit APM functionality should be implemented using the following three layers BIOS layer APM BIOS ver 1 2 1 1 1 0 Operating system OS layer APM driver Application layer APM aware application or device driver The process starts with the OS or driver making a connection with the BIOS through an APM BIOS call In a DOS environment POWER EXE makes a Real mode connection In Windows 3 1 and in Windows 95 a 32 bit connection is made Currently Windows NT does not make an APM connection With power management enabled inactivity timers are monitored When an inactivity timer times out an 5 is sent to the microprocessor to invoke the SMI handler The SMI handler works with the APM driver and APM BIOS to take appropriate action based on which inactivity timer timed out Two I O ports are used for APM communication with the SMI handler Port Address Name OB2h APM Control OB3h APM Status Three power states are defined under power management On The computer is running all subsystems are on and drawing full power Any activity in the following subsystems will reset the activity timer which has a default setting of 15 minutes before Standby entered a Keyboard b Mouse c Serial port d Diskette drive e Hard drive 8 22 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitow
221. power control logic turns on the system and intitiates the boot sequence After the boot sequence the BIOS clears the PME signal from which WAKEUP is derived so that subsequent wakeup events will be detected D 2 4 2 ACPI Environment The Advanced Configuration and Power Interface ACPI functionality of system wake up is implemented through an ACPI compliant OS such as Windows NT 5 0 and hardware that is compliant to the PCI power management specification The following wakeup events may be individually enabled disabled through the supplied software driver Magic Packet Packet with node address repeated 16 times in data portion NOTE The following functions are supported in NDISS drivers but implemented through remote management software applications such as LanDesk Individual address match Packet with matching user defined byte mask Multicast address match Packet with matching user defined sample frame ARP address resolution protocol packet Flexible packet filtering Packets that match defined CRC signature 999 When an enabled event is received the controller card asserts the PME signal that is used by the system board to initiate its wakeup sequence Note that the WAKEUP signal is also asserted but not required in the ACPI environment D 4 Compaq Personal Computers Changed June 1998 Technical Reference Guide D 3 CONFIGURATION CONTROL The 82558 controller is a PCI device and configured though PCI c
222. pro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Turn off unit and disconnect AC power cord from the rear chassis connector Remove jumper from pins 1 and 2 of header E50 and place on pins 2 and 3 for 15 seconds Replace jumper to original configuration pins 1 and 2 Re connect AC power cord to the chassis and turn unit on Technical Reference Guide RTC Control Register A Byte 0Ah Bit Function 7 Update in Progress Read only 0 Time update will not occur before 2444 us 1 Time update will occur within 2444 us 6 4 Divider Chain Control R W 00x Oscillator disabled 010 Normal operation time base frequency 32 768 KHz 11x Divider chain reset 3 0 Periodic Interrupt Control R W Specifies the periodic interrupt interval 0000 none 1000 3 90625 ms 0001 3 90625 ms 1001 7 8125 ms 0010 7 8125 ms 1010 15 625 ms 0011 122 070 us 1011 31 25 ms 0100 244 141 us 1100 62 50 ms 0101 488 281 us 1101 2 125 ms 0110 976 562 us 1110 2 250 ms 0111 1 953125 ms 1111 2 500 ms RTC Control Register B Byte 0Bh Bit Function 7 Time Update Enable disable 0 Normal operation 1 Disable time updating for time set 6 Periodic Interrupt Enable Disable 0 Disable 1 Enable interval specified by Register 5 Alarm Interrupt Enable disable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 4 End of Update Interrupt Enable Disable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 3
223. q Personal Computers F 1 Original April 1998 Appendix F ATI RAGE PRO Graphics Cards F 2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION The ATI RAGE PRO AGP Graphics Cards are based on the ATI RAGE PRO controller The AGP design provides an economical approach to 3D processing by off loading 3D effects such as texturing z buffering and alpha blending to the system memory while the on board SGRAM stores the main display image Both cards implement side band addressing for high 3D performance The AGP 1X card providing a peak bandwidth of 133 MB s comes standard with four megabytes of 100 MHz SGRAM installed The AGP 2X card providing a peak bandwidth of 500 MB s includes four megabytes of 100 MHz SGRAM on the board and an optional 4 MB SGRAM module may be added to expand the frame buffer memory to eight megabytes On Board Multimedia SGRAM 1 Data TN ATI 64 Bit Graphics 4 N RAGE PRO Turbo Memory Bus 32 Bit AGP Bus AGP Graphics AGP Controller Connector N N BIOS ROM RGB Data Hsync Vsync Monitor NOTES 1 2 megabytes on AGP 1X card 4 megabytes on AGP 2x card 2 MB module installed as standard on AGP 1X card 4 MB module optional on AGP 2X card Figure F 2 ATI RAGE PRO AGP Graphics Card Block diagram The ATI RAGE PRO AGP Graphics Card includes the following software support Accelerated drive support for Windows 3 x Win95 and WinNT MS DirectDraw support for Win95 MS ActiveMovie s
224. r The NMI Status Register at I O port 061h contains NMI source and status data as follows NMI Status Register 61h Bit Function 7 NMI Status 0 No NMI from system board parity error 1 NMI requested read only IOCHK NMI 0 No NMI from IOCHK 1 IOCHK is active low NMI requested read only 3 IOCHK NMI Enable Disable 0 NMI from IOCHK enabled 1 NMI from IOCHK disabled and cleared R W 2 System Board Parity Error PERR SERR NMI Enable 0 Parity error NMI enabled 1 Parity error NMI disabled and cleared R W L_ Functions not related to NMI activity After the active NMI has been processed status bits 7 or 6 are cleared by pulsing bits 2 or 3 respectively The NMI Enable Register 070h lt 7 gt is used to enable disable the NMI signal Writing 80h to this register masks generation of the NMI Note that the lower six bits of register at I O port 70h affect RTC operation and should be considered when changing NMI generation status Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 25 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support SMI Generation The SMI System Management Interrupt is typically used for power management functions When power management is enabled inactivity timers are monitored When a timer times out 5 is asserted and invokes the microprocessor s SMI handler The SMI handler works with the APM BIO
225. r Registers Register Controller 1 Controller 2 R W Status 008h 0DOh R Command 008h ODOh OOBh OD6h Write Single Mask Bit 00Ah 0041 Write All Mask Bits OOFh Software DRQx Request 009h O0D2h Base and Current Address Ch 0 000h 0COh Current Address Ch 0 000h 0COh R Base and Current Word Count Ch 0 001h 0C2h Current Word Count Ch 0 001h 0C2h R Base and Current Address Ch 1 002h 0C4h Current Address Ch 1 002h 0C4h R Base and Current Word Count Ch 1 003h 0C6h Current Word Count Ch 1 003h 0C6h R Base and Current Address Ch 2 004h 0C8h Current Address Ch 2 004h 0C8h R Base and Current Word Count Ch 2 005h Current Word Count Ch 2 005h OCAh R Base and Current Address Ch3 006h 0 Current Address Ch 3 006h 0CCh R Base and Current Word Count Ch 3 007h OCEh Current Word Count Ch 3 007h OCEh R Temporary Command 00Dh R Reset Pointer Flip Flop Command 00Ch OD8h Master Reset Command 00Dh ODAh Reset Mask Register Command ODCh For a detailed description of the DMA registers refer to the Compaq EISA Technical Reference Guide 4 22 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 4 4 4 INTERRUPTS The microprocessor uses two types of interrupts maskable and nonmaskable A maskable inter
226. r card includes on board power logic that receives 5 VDC power from the PCI connector or the WOL header The PCI CLK signal provides the clock source for the controller when the system is up and active When the system is off or in Standby the on board clock generator provides the clock signal NOTE Lack of a WOL header connection with the main system will result in the controller board not receiving power at any time Therefore the WOL header cable should always be installed even if Wake On LAN functionality is not required 82558 CONTROLLER The Intel 82558 Fast Ethernet LAN controller provides most of the functionality of the card Figure D 3 The 82558 provides the following features Dual mode support with auto switching between IOBASE T to 100 5 PHY Digitally controlled adaptive equalization of transmission Optimized PCI bandwidth with enhanced support of PCI commands ACPI support of power down and wake up states Wake On LAN WOL support LANDesk Service Agent LSA support 9 9 9 9 o Figure D 3 shows the internal architecture of the 82558 Ethernet controller 82558 Ethernet Controller AD31 0 3KB PCI Bus lt AS TXFIFO Mi 10BASE TX ICrO Machine 100BASE T RX Data PHY Filters 3 RX FIFO Il Figure D 3 82558 Controller Internal Architecture The 82558 controller features auto negotiation of both speed and direc
227. r management routine Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 0 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support 4 2 7 PCI CONFIGURATION PCI bus operations especially those that involve ISA bus interaction require the configuration of certain parameters such as PCI IRQ routing top of memory accessible by ISA SMI generation and clock throttling characteristics These parameters are handled by the PCI ISA bridge function PCI function 0 of the South Bridge component and configured through the PCI configuration space registers listed in Table 4 6 Configuration is provided by BIOS at power up but re configurable by software Table 4 6 PCI ISA Bridge Configuration Registers 82371 Function 0 PCI Config Addr Register Value PCI Config Addr 00 01h Vender ID 8086h 63h PCI Interrupt Routing 80h 02 03h Device ID 7111 64h Serial Interrupt Control 04 05h Command 69h Memory Map Control 02h 06 07h Status 6A 6Bh SERR PCI Cycle Retry 00h 08h Revision ID 76 77h DMA Enable Ch Routing 09 0Bh Class Code 80h A12 Mask X Y Base Addr 00h OEh Header Type 82h USB Passive Rel Enable 00h 4Ch DMA Aliasing Control 00h 90 91h DMA Channel Select 00h 4E 4Fh APIC BIOS Control 0003h 92 93h DMA 0 3 Base PTR 00h 60h PCI Interrupt Routing 80h 94 95h DMA 4 7 Base PTR 00h BO B3h GPIO Misc Funct Select 00h RTC RAM Control PCI
228. ransfers are selected By not connecting 00 the following applies The size of the the block of data that can be moved or addressed is measured 16 bits words rather than 8 bits bytes words must always be addressed on an even boundary DMA controller 1 can move up to 64 Kbytes of data per DMA transfer DMA controller 2 can move up to 64 Kwords 128 Kbytes of data per DMA transfer Word DMA operations are only possible between 16 bit memory and 16 bit peripherals Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 21 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support The RAM refresh is designed to perform a memory read cycle on each of the 512 row addresses in the DRAM memory space Refresh operations are used to refresh memory on the 32 bit memory bus and the ISA bus The refresh address is provided on lines SA00 through 5 08 Address lines LA23 17 SA18 19 are driven low The remaining address lines are in an undefined state during the refresh cycle The refresh operations are driven by a 69 799 KHz clock generated by Interval Timer 1 Counter 1 The refresh rate is 128 refresh cycles in 2 038 ms 4 4 3 2 DMA Controller Registers Table 4 12 lists the DMA Controller Registers and their I O port addresses Note that there is a set of registers for each DMA controller Table 4 12 DMA Controlle
229. rate at 8 MHz The DMA logic is accessed through two types of I O mapped registers page registers and controller registers The mapping is the same regardless of the support chipset used 4 20 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 4 4 3 1 Page Registers The DMA page register contains the eight most significant bits of the 24 bit address and works in conjunction with the DMA controllers to define the complete 24 bit address for the DMA channels Table 4 11 lists the page register port addresses Table 4 11 DMA Page Register Addresses DMA Channel Page Register I O Port Controller 1 byte transfers Cho 087h Ch 1 083h Ch2 081 Ch 3 082h Controller 2 word transfers Ch4 n a Ch 5 08Bh Ch 6 089h Ch7 08Ah Refresh 08Fh see note NOTE The DMA memory page register for the refresh channel must be programmed with OOh for proper operation The memory address is derived as follows 24 Bit Address Controller 1 Byte Transfers 8 Bit Page Register 8 Bit DMA Controller A23 A16 A15 A00 24 Bit Address Controller 2 Word Transfers 8 Bit Page Register 16 Bit DMA Controller A23 A17 A16 A01 A00 0 Note that address line A16 from the DMA memory page register is disabled when DMA controller 2 is selected Address line A00 is not connected to DMA controller 2 and is always 0 when word length t
230. rated drive element IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers IF interrupt flag VF interface in inch INT interrupt yo input output IPL initial program loader IrDA InfraRed Data Association IRQ interrupt request ISA industry standard architecture JEDEC Joint Electron Device Engineering Council Kb KB kilobits kilobytes x 1024 bits x 1024 bytes Kb s kilobits per second kg kilogram KHz kilohertz kilovolt Continued 1 4 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Table 1 1 Acronyms and Abbreviations Continued Acronym Abbreviation Description Ib pound LAN local area network LCD liquid crystal display LED light emitting diode LIF low insertion force socket LSI large scale integration LSb LSB least significant bit least significant byte LUN logical unit SCSI MMX multimedia extensions MPEG Motion Picture Experts Group ms millisecond MSb MSB most significant bit most significant byte mux multiplex MVA motion video acceleration MVW motion video window n variable parameter value NIC network interface card controller NiCad nickel cadmium NiMH nickel metal hydride NMI non maskable interrupt ns nanosecond NT nested task flag NT
231. rating system The defined functions of the Windows logo keys are listed as follows Keystroke Window Logo Window Logo 1 Window Logo TAB Window Logo E Window Logo F Window Logo CTRL Window Logo M Shift Window Logo M Window Logo Window Logo PAUSE Window Logo 1 0 Function Open Start menu Display pop up menu for the selected object Activate next task bar button Explore my computer Find document Find computer Minimize all Undo minimize all Display Run dialog box Perform system function Reserved for OEM use see following text The combination keystroke of the Window Logo 1 0 keys are reserved for OEM use for auxiliary functions speaker volume monitor brightness password etc Key position 112 marked with an application window icon is used in combination with other keys for invoking Windows application functions C 8 Compaq Personal Computers Changed April 1998 Technical Reference Guide C 2 4 KEYBOARD COMMANDS Table C 1 lists the commands that the keyboard can send to the system specifically to the 8042 type logic Table C 1 Keyboard to System Commands Command Value Description Key Detection Error Over run 00h 1 Indicates to the system that a switch closure couldn t be FFh 2 identified BAT Completion AAh Indicates to the system that the BAT has been successful BAT Failure FCh Indicates failure of the BAT by the keyboard Echo EEh Indi
232. re listed in Table 4 4 4 6 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Table 4 4 PCI Function Configuration Access PCI Function Device No Function No Host PCI Bridge 82443 0 0 PCI AGP Bridge 82443 0 1 PCI ISA Bridge 82371 20 0 IDE Interface 82371 20 1 USB Interface 82371 20 2 Power Management Cntlr 82371 20 3 The register index CF8h bits lt 7 2 gt identifies the 32 bit location within the configuration space of the PCI device to be accessed PCI devices can contain up to 256 bytes of configuration data see Figure 4 4 of which the first 64 bytes comprise the configuration space header Register 31 16 15 8 7 Index m FCh Device Specific Area 40h GNT Interrupt Line 3Ch Configuration Base Address Registers and Exp ROM Address Space E Header BIST Header Type Latency Timer Cache Line Size 0 Class Code Revision ID 08h Status Command 04h Device ID Vender ID 00h Data required by PCI protocol Not required Figure 4 4 PCI Configuration Space Map Each PCI device is identified with a vender ID assigned to the vender by the PCI Special Interest Group and a device ID assigned by the vender The device and vender IDs for the devices on the system
233. register The command write action should be prefaced with the loading of data into the appropriate registers Execution begins when the command is written to 1F7h 177h Table 5 4 lists the standard IDE commands Table 5 4 IDE Controller Commands Command Value Initialize Drive Parameters 91h Seek 7xh Recalibrate 1 Read Sectors with Retries 20h Read Long with Retries 22h Write Sectors with Retries 30h Write Long with Retries 32h Verify Sectors with Retries 40h Format Track 50h Execute Controller Diagnostic 90h Idle 97h Idle Immediate 95h Eth Enter Low Power and Enable Disable Timeout 96h Enter Idle and Enable Disable Timeout 97h Check Status 98h Identify ECh Read Buffer E4h Write Buffer E8h NOP 00h Read DMA with Retry C8h Read DMA without Retry C9h Read Multiple C4h Set Features EFh Set Multiple Mode C6h Sleep 99h E6h Standby 96h E2h Standby Immediate 94h EOh Write DMA with Retry CAh Write DMA without Retry CBh Write Multiple Write Same E9h Write Verify 3Ch Without retries add one to the value Alternate Status Register I O Port 3F6h 376h Read Only The alternate Status register at location 3F6h holds the same status data as location 1F7h but does not clear hardware conditions when read 5 6 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition Sept
234. retrieves the number of structures size of the largest structure and SMBIOS version Function 51h retrieves a specific structure This system supports SMBIOS version 2 1 and the following structure types Data BIOS Information System Information System Enclosure or Chassis Processor Information Memory Controller Information Memory Module Information Cache Information Port Connector Information System Slots On Board Device Information System Configuration Options BIOS Language Information Physical Memory Array Memory Devices Memory Error Information Memory Array Mapped Addresses Memory Device Mapped Addresses ee dH oq omues N 8 20 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 8 6 8 6 1 8 6 2 Technical Reference Guide POWER MANAGEMENT FUNCTIONS The BIOS ROM provides three types of power management support independent PM support APM support and ACPI support INDEPENDENT PM SUPPORT The BIOS ROM can provide power management of the system independently from any software OS or application that is running on the system In this mode the BIOS uses a timer to determine when to switch the system to a different power state State switching 15 not reported to the OS and occurs as follows On The computer is running normally and is drawing full power Standby The computer is in a low power state In this s
235. rial Bus interface 5 35 pass through feature F 8 Wide Ultra SCSI 68 pin E 6 cover lock 4 55 Desktop management 4 51 Desktop Management 8 4 digital to analog converter DAC 6 5 DIMM detection 8 3 DIMM support 8 13 DIP switch D 4 DIP switch power on password disable 4 52 4 53 disabling I O 4 53 diskette drive interface 5 9 display modes F 4 DMA 4 20 DMI 8 20 drive fault prediction 8 13 8 14 8 15 8 16 effects 3D F 2 EIDE interface 5 1 Enhanced Parallel Port EPP 5 21 error codes 1 error messages A 1 Ethernet D 1 events wake up 7 4 expansion card cage 2 6 Extended Capabilities Port ECP 5 21 fan control 4 56 features standard 2 2 flash ROM 4 52 FM synthesis 6 7 general purpose I O 4 47 GPIO 3 5 4 47 I O controller 4 50 south bridge 4 47 graphics card ATI RAGE PRO AGP F 1 graphics subsystem 2 14 graphics 3D F 2 guidelines SCSI user E 4 hard drive spindown 4 57 heat sink processor 2 12 3 5 Host bus 2 10 I O controller 87307 4 49 I O map 4 46 IDE interface 5 1 index addressing 1 2 interrupts maskable IRQn 4 23 nonmaskable NMI 5 4 25 interrupts PCI 4 9 interval timer 4 27 ISA bus 2 10 ISA bus overview 4 16 key keyboard functions C 6 keyboard C 1 keyboard micro processor C 2 keyboard layouts C 4 keyboard pointing device interface 5 27 L2 secondary cache 3 3 LAN D 1 LED indicatons power 7 3 low voltages 7 6 Magic
236. rial Interface Interrupts Enabled if set 2 Reseved J y 1 RTS Signal Active if set DTR Signal Active if set 5 18 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Line Status Register Port 3FDh 2FDh Read Only This register contains the status of the current data transfer Bits lt 2 0 gt are cleared when read Parity Error Framing Error or Break Cond Exists if set TX Holding Reg and Transmitter Shift Reg Are Empty if set TX Holding Reg Is Empty if set Bit 6 i o B Framing Error Has Occurred if set Parity Error Has Occurred if set Overrun Error Has Occurred if set Data Register Ready To Be Read if set Modem Status Register I O Port 3FEh 2FEh Read Only This register contains the status of the modem signal lines A set bit indicates that the associated signal is active Bit Function 6 Ri Active 0 CTS Has Changed State SinceLastRead Scratch Pad Register I O Port 3FFh 2FFh This register is not used in this system Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 5 19 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces 5 5 5 5 1 PARALLEL INTERFACE The parallel interface provides connection to a peripheral device that has a compatible interface the most common being a printer
237. ries of Personal Computers 4 13 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support 4 3 2 CONFIGURATION AGP bus operations require the configuration of certain parameters involving system memory access by the AGP graphics adapter The AGP bus interface is configured as a PCI device integrated within the north bridge 82443 device 1 component The AGP function is from the PCI bus perspective treated essentially as a PCI PCI bridge and configured through PCI configuration registers Table 4 7 Configuration is accomplished by BIOS during POST NOTE Configuration of the bus interface involves functions 0 and 1 of the 82443 Function 0 registers listed in Table 3 4 include functions that affect basic control GART of the AGP Table 4 7 PCI AGP Bridge Function Configuration Registers 82443BX Function 1 PCI Config Reset PCI Config Reset Addr Register Value Addr Register Value 00 01h Vender ID 8086h 1Bh Sec Master Latency Timer 00h 02 03h Device ID 7191h 1 Base Address FOh 04 05h Command 0000h 1Dh Limit Address 00h 06 07h Status 0220h 1E 1Fh PCI PCI Status 02A0h 08h Revision ID 00h 20 21h Memory Base Address FFFOh OA OBh Class Code 0406h 22 23h Memory Limit Address 0000h OEh Header Type 01h 24 25h Prefetch Mem Base Addr FFFOh 18h Primary Bus Number 00h 26 27h Prefetch Mem Limit Addr 0000h 19h Secondary Bus N
238. ro LTE Contura Presario ProLinea Registered U S Patent and Trademark Office Product names mentioned in this document may be trademarks and or registered trademarks of other companies Pentium and MMX are trademarks of Intel Corporation Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation For more information regarding specifications and Compagq specific parts please contact Compaq Computer Corporation Technical Reference Guide for Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Document Number DSK 113C 0498 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 1 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September1998 Technical Reference Guide TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER 1 1 1 ABOUT THIS GUIDE ete I et iet ere ere et n t ete 1 1 1 1 1 USING THIS GUIDE dini bibe 1 1 1 1 2 ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 1 1 12 NOTATIONAL CONVENTIONS dee rer ree eere HERR eere e qe 1 2 1 2 1 AOE BD CE 1 2 1 2 2 RANGES a E rete ee ted 1 2 1 2 3 SIGNAL LABELS 1 2 1 2 4 REGISTER NOTATION AND 1 2 1 2 5 NOTATION och tts eet eene e to e te t 1
239. round 42 GND Ground 18 GND Ground 43 BSY Busy 19 GND Ground 44 ACK Acknowledge 20 GND Ground 45 SBRST Burst 21 GND Ground 46 MSG Message Activity 22 GND Ground 47 SEL Select 23 GND Ground 48 C D Control Data Transfer Indicator 24 GND Ground 49 REQ Request Ground Input Output Indicator Compaq Personal Computers E 5 Original April 1998 Appendix E Wide Ultra SCSI Host Adapter Pin 1 Figure 4 Wide Ultra SCSI Connector 68 pin as seen from top of card Table E 4 Wide Ultra SCSI Connector Pinout Pin Signal Function Pin Signal Function 1 GND Ground 35 DB12 Data Bit 12 2 GND Ground 36 DB13 Data Bit 13 3 GND Ground 37 DB14 Data Bit 14 4 GND Ground 38 DB15 Data Bit 15 5 GND Ground 39 DBP Data Bus Parity 6 GND Ground 40 DBO Data Bit 0 7 GND Ground 41 DB1 Data Bit 1 8 GND Ground 42 DB2 Data Bit 2 9 GND Ground 43 DB3 Data Bit 3 10 GND Ground 44 DB4 Data Bit 4 11 GND Ground 45 DB5 Data Bit 5 12 GND Ground 46 DB6 Data Bit 6 13 GND Ground 47 DB7 Data Bit 7 14 GND Ground 48 DBP Data Bus Parity 15 GND Ground 49 GND Ground 16 GND Ground 50 GND Ground 17 TERMPWR Termination Power 51 Termination Power 18 TERMPWR Termination Power 52 TERMPWR Termination Power
240. rte REI PU UHR ERE 2 15 CHAPTER 3 PROCESSOR MEMORY SUBSYSTEM 0 ennt 3 1 INTRODUCTION Erkennen eee eee oes 3 1 3 2 PROCESSOR MEMORY SUBSYSTEM 3 2 3 2 1 PROCESSOR teret oet eee ee e ote eos 3 3 3 2 2 PROCESSOR 3 5 3 2 3 SYSTEM MEMOR Y nte Seba See UE in cet eve tt aee 3 6 3 2 4 SUBSYSTEM 3 9 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers iii Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide CHAPTER 4 SYSTEM 5 4 INTRODUCTION 4 1 4 25 PCEBUS OVERVIEW iuuenes tti asia aa 4 2 4 2 1 PCI CONNECTOR m e OR A OR dep Ae 4 3 4 2 2 PCI BUS MASTER 4 4 4 2 3 PCI BUS TRANSACTIONS 83 05 niri ttt 4 5 4 2 4 OPTION ROM MAPPING 25 perpe prn b tette 4 8 4 2 5 PCIINTERRUPT MAPPING E n Eee pe te ie ee ee 4 9 4 2 6 PCI POWER MANAGEMENT 8 4 9 4 2 7 PCI CONFIGURATION iain ea eed 4 10 43 BUS OVERVIEW nte eie DR Ue Ee hib 4 11 4 3 1 BUS TRANSACTIONS 4 1
241. rupt can be enabled or disabled within the microprocessor by the use of the STI and CLI instructions A nonmaskable interrupt cannot be masked off within the microprocessor but may be inhibited by hardware or software means external to the microprocessor 4 4 4 1 Maskable Interrupts The maskable interrupt is a hardware generated signal used by peripheral functions within the system to get the attention of the microprocessor Peripheral functions produce a unique INTA D IRQO 15 ISA signal that is routed to interrupt processing logic that asserts the interrupt INTR input to the microprocessor The microprocessor halts execution to determine the source of the interrupt and then services the peripheral as appropriate De p E 9 12 South Bridge Component ISA Peripherals 14 15 IRQ1 3 7 amp SM Functions Interrupt Cntlr 1 IRQO 12 14 15 IRQ2 PCI Peripherals Interrupt 2 PCI IRQ Routing Figure 4 10 Maskable Interrupt Processing Block Diagram The South Bridge component which includes the equivalent of two 8259 interrupt controllers cascaded together handles the standard AT type ISA interrupt signals IRQn The South Bridge also receives the PCI interrupt signals PINTA PINTD from PCI devices The PCI interrupts can be configured by PCI Configuration Registers 60h 63h to share the standard ISA interrupts IRQn The power up
242. s of desktop and minitower Personal Computers These systems are shipped either with an Intel Pentium or Celeron processor and either 32 or 64 megabytes of system memory depending on configuration This chapter includes the following topics Processor memory subsystem 3 2 page 3 2 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 3 1 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 3 Processor Memory Subsystem 32 PROCESSOR MEMORY SUBSYSTEM The subsystem features an Intel Pentium II or Celeron processor with the North Bridge 82443BX and either 32 or 64 megabytes of system memory Figure 3 1 The 64 bit Host and memory buses operate at either 66 or 100 MHz depending on the speed of the processor The 32 bit PCI bus operates at 33 MHz Processor in Slot 1 66 100 MHz 2 64 Bit Host Bus J2 J3 66 100 MHz 66 MHz Mem Data Bus 32 Bit Qf Lom UNE AGER North a Bridge DIMM raphics B2443BX Mem A Subsystem N n em Ador NJ 2 soe 32 Bit PCI Bus T E Optional module Figure 3 1 Processor Memory Subsystem Architecture The processor is mounted in a slot 1 type connector that facilitates easy changing upgrading Replacing the processor may require reconfiguring DIP switch SW1 to select the correct bus frequency core frequency combination Frequency selection is described in detail lat
243. sed for reading writing data Port 0 is used for all transfers Ports 1 3 are used for transferring the additional bytes of 16 or 32 bit transfers through port 0 5 24 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide FIFO Register I O Port 7F8h ECP Mode Only While in ECP forward mode this location is used for filling the 16 byte FIFO with data bytes Reads have no effect except when used in Test mode While in ECP backward mode reads yield data bytes from the FIFO Configuration Register A I O Port 7F8h ECP Mode Only A read of this location yields 10h while writes have no effect Configuration Register B I O Port 7F9h ECP Mode Read Only A read of this location yields the status defined as follows Reserved always 0 Status of Selected IRQn Selected IRQ Indicator 00 IRQ7 11 IRQ5 All other values invalid Reserved always 1 Reserved always 000 Extended Control Register I O Port 7FAh ECP ModeOnly This register defines the ECP mode functions ECP Submode Select 000 Standard forward mode 37Ah 5 forced to 0 Writes are controlled by software and FIFO is reset 001 PS 2 mode Reads and writes are software controlled and FIFO is reset 010 Parallel Port FIFO forward mode 37Ah 5 forced to 0 Writes are hardware controlled 011 ECP FIFO mode Direction determined by 37Ah 5 Re
244. sible at the rear of the chassis The serial and parallel ports are integrated into a PC87307 I O Controller component The serial port is RS 232 C 16550 compatible and operates at baud rates up to 115 200 The parallel interface is Enhanced Parallel Port EPP1 9 and Enhanced Capability Port ECP compatible and supports bi directional data transfers UNIVERSAL SERIAL BUS INTERFACE models feature two Universal Serial Bus USB ports that provide a high speed interface for future systems and or peripherals The USB operates at 12 Mbps and provides hot plugging unplugging Plug n Play functionality GRAPHICS SUBSYSTEM The graphics subsystem is conatained on a card installed into the AGP slot Two types of graphics controllers are used depending on the microprocessor employed on the system board as indicated in Table 2 3 Table 2 3 Graphics Subsystem Comparison 266 300 333 MHz Processor 350 400 4500 MHz Processor Graphics Controller ATI Rage Pro Turbo AGP ATI Rage Pro Turbo AGP 2X Graphics Memory Standard installed 4 MB SGRAM 4 MB SGRAM Expandable to N A 8 MB SGRAM Maximum Resolution w standard mem 1600 x 1200 65K colors 1600 x 1200 65K colors w max mem 1600 x 1200 16 7 colors AUDIO SUBSYSTEM models feature the Compaq Premier Sound system The system board includes an embedded 16 bit full duplex subsystem based on the ES1869 graphics controller The audio output is processed through a six level
245. spective key strokes are lost Multi byte sequences must fit entirely into the buffer before the respective keystroke can be registered C 2 Compaq Personal Computers Changed April 1998 C 2 1 Technical Reference Guide TRANSMISSIONS TO THE SYSTEM The keyboard processor sends two main types of data to the system commands or responses to system commands and keystroke scan codes Before the keyboard sends data to the system specifically to the 8042 type logic within the system the keyboard verifies the clock and data lines to the system If the clock signal is low 0 the keyboard recognizes the inhibited state and loads the data into a buffer Once the inhibited state is removed the data is sent to the system Keyboard to system transfers consist of 11 bits as shown in Figure C 2 Start DO D1 D2 D3 04 05 06 D7 Parity Stop Bit LSb MSb Bit 0 we Ts Tey Tcl Tch Th Parameter Minimum Maximum Cycle Time 60 us 80 us Tcl Clock Low 30 us 35 us Tch clock High 30 us 45 us Th Data Hold 45 us 62 us Ts Data Setup 8us 14 us Figure C 2 Keyboard To System Transmission of Code 58h Timing Diagram The system can halt keyboard transmission by setting the clock signal low The keyboard checks the clock line every 60 us to verify the signal state If a low is detected the keyboard will finish the c
246. ss Time Random lt 100 ms Full Stroke lt 150 ms Audio Output Level 0 7 Vrms Cache Buffer 128 KB 2 16 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Table 2 9 Hard Drive Specifications 3 2 GB 4 3 GB 6 4 GB 9 1 GB Parameter 166873 001 179287 001 166973 001 179288 001 Interface EIDE UATA Wide Ultra SCSI EIDE UATA Wide Ultra SCSI Drive Type 65 65 65 65 Drive Size 5 25 in 5 25 in 5 25 5 25 Transfer Rate 33 3 MB s 40 0 MB s 33 3 MB s 40 0 MB s Seek Time w settling Single Track 1 0 ms 76 ms 2 0 ms 76 ms Average 9 7 ms 7 5 ms 9 7 ms 7 5 ms Full Stroke 18 0 ms 17 0 ms 20 0 ms 15 0 ms Disk Format of Cylinders 6697 8420 13325 8420 of Data Heads 15 8 15 10 of Sectors per Track 63 165 264 63 165 264 Buffer Size 256 KB 512 KB 256 KB 512 KB Drive Fault Prediction SMART II SMART II SMART II SMART II Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 2 17 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 2 System Overview This page is intentionally blank 2 18 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide Chapter 3 PROCESSOR MEMORY SUBSYSTEM 31 INTRODUCTION This chapter describes the processor cache memory subsystem of the Compaq Deskpro EN Serie
247. ss line failure 1204 06 Time out waiting for dial tone 1201 04 Data line fault 1204 07 Dial number string too long 1201 05 UART control signal failure 1204 08 Modem time out waiting for remote response 1201 06 UART THRE bit failure 1204 09 Modem exceeded maximum redial limit 1201 07 UART DATA READY bit failure 1204 10 Line quality prevented remote response 1201 08 UART TX RX buffer failure 1204 11 Modem time out waiting for remote connection 1201 09 Interrupt circuit failure 1205 XX Modem auto answer test 1201 10 set to invalid inturrupt 1205 01 Time out waiting for SYNC 5 1201 11 2 set to invalid 1205 02 Time out waiting for response 5 1201 12 DRVR RCVR control signal failure 1205 03 Data block retry limit reached 5 1201 13 UART control signal interrupt failure 1205 04 RX exceeded carrier lost limit 1201 14 DRVR RCVR data failure 1205 05 TX exceeded carrier lost limit 1201 15 Modem detection failure 1205 06 Time out waiting for dial tone 1201 16 Modem ROM checksum failure 1205 07 Dial number string too long 1201 17 Tone detect failure 1205 08 Modem time out waiting for remote response 1202 Modem internal test 1205 09 Modem exceeded maximum redial limit 1202 01 Time out waiting for SYNC 1 1205 10 Line quality prevented remote response 1202 02 Time out waiting for response 1 1205 11 Modem time out waiting for remote connection 1202 03 Data block retry limit reached 1 1206 XX Dial multi frequency tone test
248. sts the differences between the modes of operation Table 6 1 Audio Mode Differences Compatibility Extended Function Mode Mode FIFO Size Available 64 bytes SW Control 256 bytes HW Control Mono 8 bit ADC DAC 44 KHz Max Sampling 44 KHz Max Sampling Mono 16 bit ADC DAC 22 KHz Max Sampling 44 KHz Max Sampling Stereo 8 bit ADC DAC 22 KHz Max Sampling 44 KHz Max Sampling Stereo 16 bit ADC n a 44 KHz Max Sampling Stereo 16 bit DAC 11 KHz Max Sampling 44 KHz Max Sampling Signed Unsigned Control No Yes AGC During Capture Mono Only 22 KHz No Programmed Block Transfer No Yes FIFO Status Flags No Yes Auto Reload DMA Yes Yes Time Base for Programmable Time 1 MHz or 1 5 MHz 800 KHz or 400 KHz ADC DAC Jitter 2 usec None Sound Blaster Pro Compatible Yes No 6 2 1 4 PCM Bus Cycles The I O and DMA cycles used by PCM operations to process data follow standard ISA bus conventions bus transfers occur at the bytes level Programmed I O cycles are always used for programming the control registers and may also be used for transferring audio data to and from the audio subsystem as well Quantized audio data is built using the little endian format LSB occupies the lowest memory address Data transfers over the ISA occur as shown below 31 24 16 8 0 8 bit Mono Sample 6 Sample 5 Sample 4 Sample 3 Samp
249. ta for boot purposes Byte 47h last IPL device Bytes 48h 4Bh IPL priority Byte 4Ch 4Fh BCV priority Configuration Byte 51h ECC Status Byte Default Value xxh ECC Status for DIMM 3 T CC Status for DIMM 2 5 6 5 ECC StatusforDIMMt 3 0 Reserved 3 0 Reserved Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 39 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support Configuration Byte 52h Board Revision This byte holds the board revision as copied from the boot block sector Configuration Byte 53h 54h SW SMI Command Data Bytes Configuration Byte 55h APM Command Byte Configuration Byte 56h Miscellaneous Flags Byte IR Port Enable Flag 0 Disabled COM config for standard serial port Warm Boot Enable Flag 0 Disable 1 Enable 4 POST Terse Verbose Mode 0 Verbose 1 Erase Ease Keyboard Mode 000 Backspace Spacebar 001 Spacebar Backspace 010 Spacebar Spacebar 011 111 Invalid Configurable Power Supply 0 Power switch active 1 Power switch inhibited Configuration Byte 57h 76h CMOS Copy Configuration Bytes 77h 7Fh Administrator Password Configuration Byte 80h CMOS Diagnostic Flags Byte Default Value 00h Set bit indicates function is valid 7 CMOS Initialization Set CMOS to Default Setup password locked PnP should not reject SETs because Diags is active Reserved C
250. tate the processor and chipset still running and the VSYNC signal to the monitor is turned off Returning to the On state requires very little time and will be initiated by any of the following actions a key stroke b mouse movement Off The computer is not running and drawing practically no power at all ACPI SUPPORT This system meets the hardware and firmware requirements for being ACPI compliant The BIOS function INT 15 AX ES845h can be used to check or set the ACPI enable disable status of the system which defaults to the enabled state The setup option for ACPI should be disabled if APM PnP is to be used with Windows 98 or when disabling power management and PnP support for NT5 0 A hardware redetection should be made with Windows 98 and a reinstall of Windows NT5 0 should be performed when an ACPI switch is made This system supports the following ACPI functions PM timer Power button Power button override RTC alarm Sleep Wake logic S1 S4 NT S5 Legacy ACPI select C1 state Halt C2 state STOPGRANT C3 state no clock PCI PME 9 9 9 9 9 9 999 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 8 21 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM 8 6 3 SUPPORT Advanced Power Management BIOS support provides interaction between BIOS ROM and the operating system OS The BIOS advises the OS when a power state transition sh
251. ted Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 8 15 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 8 BIOS ROM 8 4 8 8 4 9 ACCESSING CMOS Configuration memory data can be retrieved with the BIOS call INT 15 823 This tri modal function retrieves a single byte from the CMOS map described in Chapter 4 The function is described as follows INPUT E823h BH 0 Read 1 Write BL Value to write if a write is specified CX Bytes number zero based OUTPUT Successful CF 0 AH 00h AL Byte value on a read Failure CF 1 AH 86h Function not supported FFh byte does not exist ACCESSING CMOS FEATURE BITS The BIOS function INT 15 AX E845h is a tri modal call for accessing areas in non volatile memory CMOS used for storing variables for various features Note that this function differs from the previously discussed call since data blocks of varying lengths are retrieved INPUT EAX E845h BL 0 Read 1 Write BH Value Read to Write CX Feature Bits Number refer to following description box DS SI Pointer to buffer passing multiple byte features OUTPUT Successful CF 0 Reserved BH Value read on a read Failure CF 1 AH 86h Function not supported 8 16 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide CX
252. ten to port 60h into the output port only bit lt 1 gt can be changed D2h Echo keyboard data Directs the 8042 to send back to the CPU the next byte written to port 60h as if it originated from the keyboard No 11 to 9 bit translation takes place but an interrupt IRQ1 is generated if enabled D3h Echo pointing device data Directs the 8042 to send back to the CPU the next byte written to port 60h as if it originated from the pointing device An interrupt IRQ12 is generated if enabled D4h Write to pointing device Directs the 8042 to send the next byte written to 60h to the pointing device EOh Read test inputs Directs the 8042 to transfer the test bits 1 and 0 into bits 1 0 of the output buffer FOh FFh Pulse output port Controls the pulsing of bits lt 3 0 gt of the output port 0 pulse 1 don t pulse Note that pulsing bit 0 will reset the system 5 32 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 5 6 4 KEYBOARD POINTING DEVICE INTERFACE CONNECTOR There are separate connectors for the keyboard and pointing device Both connectors are identical both physically and electrically Figure 5 7 and Table 5 18 show the connector and pinout of the keyboard pointing device interface connectors Figure 5 7 Keyboard or Pointing Device Interface Connector as viewed from rear of chassis
253. ters be configured The PC ISA bridge function of the South Bridge component includes configuration registers to set parameters such as PCI IRQ routing and top of memory available to ISA DMA devices These parameters are programmed by BIOS during power up using registers listed previously in Table 4 6 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 27 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support 4 5 SYSTEM CLOCK DISTRIBUTION The system uses a Cypress CY2280 or compatible part for generation of most clock signals Table 4 17 lists the system board clock signals and how they are distributed Table 4 17 Clock Generation and Distribution Frequncy Signal Source Destination 66 100 MHz CY2280 Processor 82443 N Bridge CPUCLK 1 66 MHz North Bridge AGP Slot 48 MHz 82371 S Bridge 87307 I O Cntlr 33 MHz PCICLK PCI Slots 82371 S Bridge 14 31818 MHz Crystal W48C67 14 31818 MHz CY2280 South Bridge ISA slots 8 33 MHz South Bridge ISA slots 32 77 KHz Crystal South Bridge NOTE 1 Depending on processor speed refer to Chapter 3 Processor Memory Subsystem 4 28 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 4 6 Technical Reference Guide REAL TIME CLOCK AND CONFIGURATION MEMORY The Real time clock RTC and configuration memory functions are provided by the PC87307
254. the 8042 is allowed A7h Disable pointing device This command sets bit lt 5 gt of the 8042 command byte pulling the clock line of the pointing device interface low A8h Enable pointing device This command clears bit lt 5 gt of the 8042 command byte activating the clock line of the pointing device interface A9h Test the clock and data lines of the pointing device interface and place test results in the output buffer 00 No error detected 01h Clock line stuck low 02h Clock line stuck high 03h Data line stuck low 04h Data line stuck high AAh Initialization This command causes the 8042 to inhibit the keyboard and pointing device and places 55h into the output buffer ABh Test the clock and data lines of the keyboard interface and place test results in the output buffer 00h No error detected 01h Clock line stuck low 02h Clock line stuck high 03h Data line stuck low 04h Data line stuck high ADh Disable keyboard command sets bit 4 of the 8042 command byte AEh Enable keyboard command clears bit 4 of the 8042 command byte Continued Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 5 31 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces Table 5 17 CPU Commands To The 8042 Continued Value Command Description COh Read input port of the 8042 This command directs the 8042 to transfer the contents of the input port t
255. the FM signal is called a patch Figure 6 5 Frequency Modulator Modulating Signal Amplitude Cntrl gt Oscillator Carrier EM Signal Frequency Oscillator Figure 6 5 FM Synthesis Patch Note that while an analog representation is shown in Figure 6 6 Synthesis occurs as a digital operation with the results being sent to the DAC The FM synthesis process is a playback only operation involving the writing of MID data to the audio subsystem over the ISA bus The only reads involve checking the controller for status Figure 6 6 shows the ISA bus transaction for FM synthesis Note that if a succeeding data byte is meant for the same location as the previous byte the address does not need to be re written AO IOR c or Address Data 7 0 Address Data or Data Figure 6 6 Audio Car to ISA Bus FM Audio Data Format Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 6 7 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September1998 Chapter 6 Audio Subsystem 6 3 6 3 1 6 8 PROGRAMMING programming aspects of the audio subsystem relate directly to the programmability of the ES1869 controller upon which the audio subsystem is based This section describes only the basic mapping of the audio functions For a detailed description of the ES1869s registers and capabilities refer to the 51869 AudioDrive Data Sheet
256. tion half full duplex The 82558 provides high level command support for minimum Host CPU intervention and uses 3 KB FIFOs for both transmit and receive buffers Compaq Personal Computers D 3 Changed June 1998 Appendix Compaq 10 100 TX PCI Intel WOL UTP Controller D 2 4 POWER MANAGEMENT SUPPORT The controller card provides system wake up using network events and supports both APM and ACPI power management environments NOTE The APM and ACPI environments use different methods to implement the Wake On LAN function The cable connection between the controller card s WOL header and the system s WOL header should be complete to insure that the wake up feature will occur for both the APM and ACPI environments D 2 4 1 APM Environment The Advanced Power Management APM functionality of system wake up is implemented through the system s APM compliant BIOS and the controller card s Magic Packet compliant hardware This environment bypasses operating system OS intervention allowing a plugged in unit to be turned on remotely over the network 1 remote wake up APM mode the controller powered by 5AUX voltage through WOL header will respond upon receiving a Magic Packet which is a packet where the node s address is repeated 16 times Upon Magic packet detection the controller card asserts the WAKEUP signal for about 50 milliseconds that is routed through the WOL header and cable to the system board where
257. tion Address Function 72011 2nAh Read Buffer Input Data 2n0 2n3 FM Synthesizer Address Data 1 2nCh Read Status 2n4h Mixer Address 2nCh Write Command Data 2n5h Mixer Data 2nEh Data Available Status 2n6h Read __Activity Power Status 2nFh FIFO I O Address Extended Mode 2n6h Write Reset Control ano Pon 2n7h Power Management 388 38Bh FM Synthesizer alias of 2n0 2n3h 2n8 2n9h FM Synthesizer Address Data 2 NOTES n 2 for primary address default 4 for secondary address 1 20 voice operation 2 11 voice operation Not supported 6 3 2 1 PCM Control The audio subsystem can operate in either Sound Blaster compatible mode the default or in extended capability mode Table 6 3 lists the audio mixer control registers used by software written for Sound Blaster and other common audio peripherals These registers are accessed by writing the index value to port 2n4h and reading the value from or writing the value to I O port 2n5h Table 6 3 Compatibility Mode Audio Mixer Control Register Mapping Index Function Index Function 00h Mixer Reset 22h Master Volume 04h Voice Volume 26h FM Volume OAh Mic Volume 28h CD Volume OCh ADC Recording Source 1 2Eh Line Volume OEh Stereo Mono Switch 1 NOTE Referto OEM s ES1869 data sheet for detailed register descriptions 1 The filter functions used in Sound Blaster subsystems are not used
258. to erase cartridge 19xx 06 Tape write protect error 19xx 26 Cannot identify drive 19xx 07 Tape already Servo Written 19xx 27 Drive not compatible with controller 19xx 08 Unable to Servo Write 19xx 28 Format gap error 19xx 09 Unable to format 19xx 30 Exception bit not set 19xx 10 Format mode error 19 31 Unexpected drive status 19 11 Drive recalibration error 19xx 32 Device fault 19xx 12 Tape not Servo Written 19xx 33 Illegal command 19xx 13 Tape not formatted 19 34 No data detected 19 14 Drive time out error 19xx 35 Power on reset occurred 19xx 15 Sensor error flag 19xx 36 Failed to set FLEX format mode 19xx 16 Block locate block ID error 19xx 37 Failed to reset FLEX format mode 19xx 17 Soft error limit exceeded 19xx 38 Data mismatch on directory track 19xx 18 Hard error limit exceeded 19xx 39 Data mismatch on track 0 19xx 19 Write probably ID error 19xx 40 Failed self test 19xx 20 NEC fatal error 19xx 91 Power lost during test 1900 xx Tape ID test failed 1904 xx Tape BOT EOT test failed 1901 xx Tape servo write failed 1905 Tape read test failed 1902 Tape format failed 1906 xx Tape R W compare test failed 1903 xx Tape drive sensor test failed 1907 xx Tape write protect failed A 15 VIDEO GRAPHICS ERROR MESSAGES 24xx xx Table A 14 Hard Drive Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 2402 01 Video memory test failed 2418 02 EG
259. ts and does not boot The QuickLock feature allows if enabled in F10 Setup through CMOS location 13h bit 2 the user to lock the keyboard by invoking the Ctrl Alt L keystrokes This initiates an SMI and the SMI handler then takes the action required to lock the keyboard If the QuickBlank feature is enabled at that time then the screen will be blanked as well The user then must enter the power on password to re activate the keyboard and or display NOTE Although the SMI is used for initiating QuickLock QuickBlank functions these functions are not considered power management features Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 53 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support 4 85 TEMPERATURE SENSING This system employs two sensors for monitoring the temperature inside the chassis A thermister attached to the heat sink of the Pentium II SEC cartridge is used to detect the caution level This thermister connected to the system board through header P15 is part of sensing logic that provides input to a Compaq ASIC The sensing logic is set to trip when 179 6 F 82 C is reached At that time the Compaq ASIC can generate an SMI if so configured see registers below resulting in a warning to the user and or the chassis fan being turned on Three general purpose input ports of the 82371south bridge monitor status of the Thermal Caution circuitry They are listed below with their de
260. ts bit 0 Bit FIFO Enable Disable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled 3 1 Interrupt Source 000 Modem status lowest priority 001 Transmitter holding reg Empty 010 Received data available 011 Receiver line status reg 100 101 Reserved 110 Character time out highest priority 111 Reserved 0 Interrupt Pending if cleared Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 5 17 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 5 Input Output Interfaces FIFO Control Register I O Port 3FAh 2FAh Write Only This write only register enables and clears the FIFOs and sets the trigger level and DMA mode 7 6 Receiver Trigger Level 00 1 byte 10 8 bytes 01 4 bytes 11 14 bytes Transmit FIFO Reset if set Receive FIFO Reset if set FIFOs Enable Disable 0 Disable TX RX FIFOs 1 Enable TX RX FIFOs Line Control Register O Port 3FBh 2FBh This register specifies the data transmission format RX Buffer TX Holding Reg And Divisor Rate Reg Access 0 RX buffer TX holding reg and Interrupt En Reg Are accessable 1 Divisor Latch reg is accessable 4 Parity Type 0 1 Even Enable 0 Disabled 1 Enabled Stop Bit 0 1 stop bit 1 2 stop bits Word Size 00 5 bits 10 7 bits 01 6 bits 11 8 bits Modem Control Register I O Port 3FCh 2FCh This register controls the modem signal lines Bit Function 3 2 1 Se
261. uit Processor VID VID3 gt VID4 Figure 7 3 Low Voltage Supply Block Diagram 3 AUX Power Button and Wake Up Logic 2 5 VDC gt Pull Up Logic VTT 1 5 VDC Processor VccP see text gt regulator produces the VccP processor core voltage according to the state of the VID4 0 signals from the processor This allows automatic selection of the proper core voltage depending on the installed processor component The possible voltages available are listed as follows VID4 0 VccP VID4 0 VccP 10000 3 5 VDC 11011 2 4 VDC 10001 3 4 VDC 11100 2 3 VDC 10010 3 3 VDC 11101 2 2 VDC 10011 3 2 VDC 11110 2 1 VDC 10100 3 1 VDC 00000 2 05 VDC 10101 3 0 VDC 00001 2 00 VDC 10110 2 9 VDC 00010 1 95 VDC 10111 2 8 VDC 00011 1 90 VDC 11000 2 7 VDC 00100 1 85 VDC 11001 2 6 VDC 00101 1 80 VDC 11010 2 5 VDC 00110 1 75 VDC 7 6 Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors VID4 0 00111 01000 01001 01010 01011 01100 01101 01110 01111 11111 Third Edition September 1998 VccP 1 70 VDC 1 65 VDC 1 60 VDC 1 55 VDC 1 50 VDC 1 45 VDC 1 40 VDC 1 35 VDC 1 30 VDC CPU not installed 7 4 SIGNAL DISTRIBUTION Technical Reference Guide Figure 7 4 shows general signal distribution between the main subassemblies of the system unit WOL Pwr Btn LED Eu 3 5 12 VDC
262. ull VESA DPMS and EPA Energy Star compliance Supports DDC2B PnP monitors Figure F 3 shows the basic architecture of the ATI 3D RAGE PRO controller Both the AGP and AGP 2X cards feature the RAGE PRO Turbo controller with the AGP 2X card using an enhanced version of the controller that supports AGP 2X operation The VGA core of the controller is compatible with VGA EGA and CGA software Extended graphics modes are supported through video BIOS in flash ROM which can be easily updated if necessary AGP Connector VESA Connector Graphics 3D RAGE PRO Data Memory VGA VF 4 AGP Bus Controller H CRT Sync Controller VSync Video Drawing Hed Display Green Monitor Blue Figure F 3 ATI 3DRage Pro Graphics Controller Internal Architecture Compaq Personal Computers F 3 Original April 1998 Appendix RAGE PRO Graphics Cards F 3 DISPLAY MODES The graphics modes supported by the ATI RAGE PRO 2 card with the standard four megabytes are listed in Tables F 1 and F 2 To expand display mode support will require memory expansion and may also require a video BIOS upgrade Table F 1 2D Graphics Display Modes w SGRAM Horizontal Resolution Color Depth Refresh Freq SGRAM Used 640 x 480 256 200 Hz 512 KB 640 x 480 65K
263. umber 00h 3Eh PCI PCI Bridge Control 80h 1Ah Subordinate Bus Number 00h 3F FFh Reserved 00h NOTE Assume unmarked locations gaps as reserved Refer to Intel documentation for detailed register descriptions The AGP graphics adapter actually its resident controller is configured as a standard PCI device 4 14 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 4 3 3 CONNECTOR Technical Reference Guide A1 A21 A26 A66 r B1 B21 B26 Figure 4 7 Bus Connector Table 4 8 AGP Bus Connector Pinout Pin A Signal B Signal Pin ASignal B Signal Pin X ASignal B Signal 01 12 VDC OVRONT 23 Key Key 45 VDD3 VDD3 02 RSVD VDD 24 Key Key 46 TRDY DEVSEL 03 GND VDD 25 Key Key 47 STOP NC 04 USBN USBF 26 PAD30 PAD31 48 PME PERR 05 GND GND 27 PAD28 PAD29 49 GND GND 06 INTA INTB 28 VDD3 VDD3 50 PAR SERR 07 RESET CLK 29 PAD26 PAD27 51 PAD15 CBE1 08 GNT REQ 30 PAD24 PAD25 52 NC NC 09 VDD3 VDD3 31 GND GND 53 PAD13 PAD14 10 ST1 STO 32 RSVD AD_STB1 54 PAD11 PAD12 11 RSVD ST2 33 PAD23 55 GND GND 12 PIPE RBE 34 NC NC 56 09 PAD10 13 GND GND 35 PAD22 PAD 1 57 CBEO PAD08 14 RSVD RSVD 36 PAD20 PAD19 58 NC NC 15 SBA1 SBAO 37 GND GND 59 RSVD AD STBO 16 VDD3 VDD3 38 PAD18 PAD17 60 PADO6 PADO7 17 SBA3 SBA2 39 PAD16 CBE2 61 GND GND 18 RSVD SB_STB 40 NC NC 62
264. upport for Win95 1 software playback for DOS Windows 3 x and Win95 2 software playback Win95 MS Direct3D support for Win95 QuickDraw 3D RAVE support for Win95 and WinNT OpenGL support for Win95 and WinNT Heidi support for WinNT ATI 3D CIF support for Win95 999999999 F 2 Compaq Personal Computers Original April 1998 Technical Reference Guide F 2 1 ATI RAGE PRO TURBO GRAPHICS CONTROLLER The ATI RAGE PRO Turbo AGP graphics controller provides most of the functionality of the integrated graphics subsystem and contains the features listed below 230 MHz DAC 2D accelerator with Hardware line draw polygon fill h w cursor MS DirectDraw support double buffering virtual sprites transparent BitBLT e 8 16 24 32 bpp acceleration 24 bpp true color w 1 MB memory 3D accelerator with Full screen window double buffering Hidden surface removal with 16 bit Z buffering Single pass bi and tri linear filtering support Full Direct3D texture lighting support VESA DDCI and DDC2B support Dithering support in 16 bpp for near 24 bpp quality in less memory Video processor accelerator supporting the following formats YCrCb4 2 2 RGB 5 5 5 RGB 5 6 5 e Cirrus AcciPak 91m Integrated 4 KB texture cache for improved large triangle performance 3D primitive support for points lines triangle lists strips and quadrilaterals Power management for f
265. urrent transmission if the rising edge of the clock pulse for the parity bit has not occurred The enhanced keyboard has three operating modes Mode 1 PC XT compatible Mode 2 PC AT compatible default Mode 3 Select mode keys are programmable as to make only break only typematic Modes can be selected by the user or set by the system Mode 2 is the default mode Each mode produces a different set of scan codes When a key is pressed the keyboard processor sends that key s make code to the 8042 logic of the system unit The When the key is released a release code is transmitted as well except for the Pause key which produces only a make code The 8042 type logic of the system unit responds to scan code reception by asserting IRQ1 which 15 processed by the interrupt logic and serviced by the CPU with an interrupt service routine The service routine takes the appropriate action based on which key was pressed Compaq Personal Computers 3 Change April 1998 Appendix Keyboard C 2 2 KEYBOARD LAYOUTS C 2 2 1 Standard Enhanced Keyboards
266. use The Pause pos 16 key when pressed can be used to cause the keyboard interrupt to loop i e wait for another key to be pressed This can be used to momentarily suspend an operation The key that is pressed to resume operation is discarded This function may be ignored by the application The Esc Fn function Insert Home Page Up Down Delete and End keys operate at the discretion of the application software C 6 Compaq Personal Computers Changed April 1998 Technical Reference Guide 2 3 2 Multi Keystroke Functions Shift The Shift key pos 75 86 when held down produces a shift state upper case for keys in positions 17 29 30 39 51 60 70 and 76 85 as long as the Caps Lock key pos 59 is toggled off If the Caps Lock key is toggled on then a held Shift key produces the lower normal case for the identified pressed keys The Shift key also reverses the Num Lock state of key positions 55 57 72 74 88 90 100 and 101 Ctrl The Ctrl keys pos 92 96 can be used in conjunction with keys in positions 1 13 16 17 34 39 54 60 71 and 76 84 The application determines the actual function Both Ctrl key positions provide identical functionality The pressed combination of Ctrl and Break pos 16 results in the generation of BIOS function INT 1Bh This software interrupt provides a method of exiting an application and generally halts execution of the current program Alt The Alt keys pos 93 95 can be us
267. use button is inoperative 8601 09 Mouse loopback test failed 8601 05 Right mouse button is stuck closed 8601 10 Pointing device is inoperative 8601 02 Left mouse button is inoperative 8601 07 Right block not selected Compaq Personal Computers 11 Changed April 1998 Appendix Error Messages and Codes A 20 CEMM PRIVILEDGED OPS ERROR MESSAGES Table A 19 CEMM Privileged Ops Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 00 LGDT instruction 04 instruction 01 LIDT instruction 05 MOV instruction 02 LMSW instruction 06 MOV DRx instruction 03 LL2 instruction 07 MOV TRx instruction A21 CEMM EXCEPTION ERROR MESSAGES Table A 20 CEMM Exception Error Messages Message Probable Cause Message Probable Cause 00 Divide 10 Invalid TSS 01 Debug 11 Segment not present 02 NMI or parity 12 Stack full 03 INT 0 arithmetic overflow 13 General protection fault 04 INT 3 14 Page fault 05 Array bounds check 16 Coprocessor 06 Invalid opcode 32 Attempt to write to protected area 07 Coprocessor device not available 33 Reserved 08 Double fault 34 Invalid software interrupt 09 Coprocessor segment overrun Es 12 Compaq Personal Computers Changed April 1998 Technical Reference Guide Appendix B ASCII CHARACTER SET B 1 INTRODUCTION This appendix lists in Table B 1 the 256 character ASCII code set including the decimal and hexadecimal v
268. used 5 2 1 2 IDE Bus Master Control Registers The IDE interface can perform PCI bus master operations using the I O mapped control registers listed in Table 5 2 Table 5 2 IDE Bus Master Control Registers Addr Size Default Offset Bytes Register Value 00h 2 Bus Master IDE Command Primary 00h 02h 2 Bus Master IDE Status Primary 00h 04h 4 Bus Master IDE Descriptor Ptr Pri 0000 0000h 08h 2 Bus Master IDE Command Secondary 00h 2 Bus Master IDE Status Secondary 00h OCh 4 Bus Master IDE Descriptor Ptr Sec 0000 0000h 5 2 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide 5 2 1 3 IDE ATA Control Registers The IDE controller of the 82586 decodes the addressing of the standard AT attachment ATA registers for the connected drive which is where the ATA control registers actually reside The primary and secondary interface connectors are mapped as shown in Table 5 3 Table 5 3 IDE ATA Control Registers Primary Secondary Addr Addr Register R W 1FOh 170h Data R W 1Fih 171h Error R 1Fih 171h Features 1F2h 172h Sector Count R W 1F3h 173h Sector Number R W 1F4h 174h Cylinder Low R W 1F5h 175h Cylinder High R W 1F6h 176h Drive Head R W 1F7h 177h Status R 1F7h 177h Command 3F6h 376h Alternate Status R 3F6h 376h Drive Control 3F7h
269. x F ATI RAGE PRO Graphics Cards F 5 MONITOR POWER MANAGEMENT CONTROL This controller provides monitor power control for monitors that conform to the VESA display power management signaling DPMS protocol This protocol defines different power consumption conditions and uses the HSYNC and VSYNC signals to select a monitor s power condition Table F 5 lists the monitor power conditions Table F 5 Monitor Power Management Conditions HSYNC VSYNC Power Mode Description Active Active On Monitor is completely powered up If activated the inactivity counter counts down during system inactivity and if allowed to tiemout generates an SMI to initiate the Suspend mode Active Inactive Suspend Monitor s high voltage section is turned off and CRT heater filament voltage is reduced from 6 6 to 4 4 VDC The Off mode inactivity timer counts down from the preset value and if allowed to timeout another SMI is generated and serviced resulting in the monitor being placed into the Off mode Wake up from Suspend mode is typically a few seconds Inactive Inactive Off Monitor s high voltage section and heater circuitry is turned off Wake up from Off mode is a little longer than from Suspend F 6 CONNECTORS There are three connectors associated with the graphics subsystem the display monitor connector the ATI Multimedia Channel AMC connector which includes the VESA Standard Feature Connector VSFC and a SODIMM connector for fra
270. y Make Break Codes Hex Pos Legend Mode 1 Mode 2 Mode 3 41 11 91 1D FO 1D 1D FO 1D 42 12 92 24 0 24 24 0 24 43 R 13 93 2D F0 2D 2D F0 2D 44 T 14 94 2C F0 2C 2C F0 2C 45 Y 15 95 35 F0 35 35 F0 35 46 U 16 96 0 0 47 17 97 43 0 43 43 0 43 48 18 98 44 0 44 44 0 44 49 19 99 40 0 4D 40 0 4D 50 1A 9A 54 54 51 1 1B 9B 5B FO 5B 5B FO 5B 52 Delete E0 53 0 D3 EO 71 0 FO 71 64 0 64 53 0 2A 4 12 EO 71 0 FO 71 EO 12 5 2A 53 E0 D3 AA 6 12 071 0 FO 71 EO FO 12 6 53 End 4 CF 69 0 69 65 F0 65 EO AA EO 4F EO CF EO 2A 4 FO 12 EO 69 0 69 EO 12 5 EO 2A 4F EO CF EO AA 6 12 EO 69 E0 69 FO 12 6 54 Page Down 51 0 D1 EO 7A EO F0 7A 6D F0 6D EO AA EO 51 0 D1 2A 4 FO 12 7A EO 7A EO 12 5 EO EO 51 0 D1 EO AA 6 EO 12 7A EO 7A EO FO 12 6 55 7 47 C7 6 6C FO 6C 6 6C na 6 56 8 48 C8 6 75 FO 75 6 75 na 6 57 9 49 C9 6 7D FO 7D 6 7D na 6 58 4 6 79 FO 79 6 7C F0 7C 59 Caps Lock 58 F0 58 14 0 14 60 1 9 1C FO 1C 1 1C 61 S 1F 9F 1B FO 1B 1B FO 1B 62 D 20 0 23 0 23 23 0 23 63 21 1 2 2B 2B F0 2B 64 G 22 A2 34 0 34 34 0 34 65 H 23 33 0 33 33 0 33 66 9 24 4 0 0 67 K 25 A5 42 0 42 42 0 42 68 L 2
271. ys enabled and must be held stable for the duration of each bus cycle 4 18 Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Technical Reference Guide When the address changes devices on the bus may decode the latchable address LA23 17 lines and then latch them This arrangement allows devices to decode chip selects and M16 before the next cycle actually begins The following guidelines apply to optional ISA devices installed in the system On bus lines that can be driven by a controller board the driver should be able to sink a minimum of 20 ma at 0 5 VDC and source 2 ma at 3 75 VDC bus lines that are driven in the low direction only open collector the driver should be able to sink 20 ma at 0 5 VDC Theload on any logic line from a single bus slot should not exceed 2 0 ma in the low state at 0 5 VDC or 0 1 ma in the high state at 3 75 VDC The logic high voltage at the bus ranges from 3 75 VDC to 5 5 VDC The logic low voltage ranges from 0 VDC to 0 8 VDC Compaq Deskpro EN Series of Personal Computers 4 19 Desktop and Minitower Form Factors Third Edition September 1998 Chapter 4 System Support 4 4 3 DIRECT MEMORY ACCESS Direct Memory Access DMA is a method by which an ISA device accesses system memory without involving the microprocessor DMA is normally used to transfer blocks of data to or from an ISA I O device DMA r
272. ystem hardware The locking mechanism consists of a solenoid controlled by the Setup utility through the Client Management logic in a Compaq ASIC The presence of the Smart Cover Lock actually of the solenoid is detected by logic and readable by software at 87307 GPIO port 1 bit 6 The cover lock mechanism can be bypassed in an emergency by removing three screws on the rear of the chassis with the Smart Cover Lock Failsafe Key SMART COVER REMOVAL SENSOR This system includes a cover removal indication function The system can upon power up notify the user if the computer cover has been removed The sensor consists of a plunger switch mounted on the backplane riser card that comes in contact with the chassis cover When the cover is removed the switch is activated and the battery backed logic places a high at 87307 GPIO port 1 bit 4 This bit will remain set whether or not the cover is replaced until the system is powered up and the user completes the boot sequence successfully at which time the hood alarm bit 5 will be cleared Through Setup the user can set this function to one of three levels of support for hood removed condition Level 0 Hood removal indication is essentially disabled at this level During POST Bit 4 is cleared and no other action is taken by BIOS Level 1 During POST the message computer s cover has been removed since the last system start up is displayed and time stamps in CMOS

Compaq Deskpro EN Series User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents